Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2014-361
BOUND AGREEMENT 1 RESOLUTION NO. 2014-361 2 RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO MATICH CORPORATION, 3 FOR ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR 4 ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. 5 BE IT RESOLVED BY THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE 6 CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AS FOLLOWS: 7 SECTION 1. Matich Corporation is the lowest responsible bidder for Annual Citywide 8 Maintenance Services Contract for Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various San Bernardino 9 City Streets, Special Provisions No. 13024. A Contract is awarded accordingly to said bidder in 10 a total amount of $4,937,730.00, but such Contract shall be effective only upon being fully 11 executed by both parties. All other bids, therefore, are hereby rejected. The City Manager is 12 hereby authorized and directed to execute said Contract on behalf of the City. A copy of the 13 Contract is on file in the office of the City Clerk and incorporated herein by reference as though 14 fully set forth at length. 15 16 SECTION 2. As stated in the Contract, Matich Corporation acknowledges that the 17 Forty-Seven (47) Projects identified for pavement rehabilitation within the Bid and Contracting 18 Documents that compose this Contract represent selected segments of streets throughout the 19 City. The City is entering into a Contract, for roadway rehabilitation work, for a period not to 20 exceed a one-year (12-month) period, with up to a possible two (2) separate one-year (12- 21 month) extensions, as approved by the Mayor and Common Council. Matich Corporation 22 further acknowledges that the quantities identified within the Bid and Contracting Documents 23 are estimates only and are given for basis of comparison of bids. No guarantee is made or 24 implied by the City as to the exact quantity, or total number of Projects per year, within each 25 12-month term of this Contract. 1 1 SECTION 3. As stated in the Contract, at the end of the initial term, Matich 2 Corporation may request in writing to extend the Contract for one additional year (12-month) 3 term. Provided that 1) the City determines that Matich Corporation's performance under the 4 this Contract is satisfactory; and 2) Matich Corporation agrees to perform the work under this 5 Contract for the same unit prices as agreed to under the initial Contract, this Contract may be 6 extended by mutual consent of both parties. If the Contract has been extended a one-year term 7 (12 months) in accordance with the terms therein, the Contract may be extended for a second 8 9 one-year (12-month) period by mutual consent of both parties. This Contract may not exceed a 10 total term of three years (36 months). 11 SECTION 4. This Contract and any amendment or modifications thereto shall not take 12 effect or become operative until fully signed and executed by the parties and no party shall be 13 obligated hereunder until the time of such full execution. No oral agreements, amendments, 14 modifications or waivers are intended or authorized and shall not be implied from any act or 15 course of conduct of any party. 16 SECTION 5. The authorization to execute this Contract is rescinded if the parties to the 17 Contract fail to execute it within sixty(60) days of passage of this Resolution. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2 I RESOLUTION OF THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO AWARDING A CONTRACT TO MATICH CORPORATION 2 FOR ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY 3 STREETS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. 4 I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Mayor and 5 Common Council of the City of San Bernardino at a joint regular meeting thereof, held on the 6 6`" day of October, 2014, by the following vote, to wit: 7 8 Council Members: AYES NAYS ABSTAIN ABSENT 9 MARQUEZ X 10 BARRIOS X 11 VALDIVIA X 12 SHORETT X 13 14 NICKEL X 15 JOHNSON X 16 MULVIHILL —X- 17 18 G geann H , City Clerk 19 The foregoing resolution is hereby approved this d day of October 2014. 20 � 1 21 ;X 22 R. CARE DAVIS, Mayor City of!Van Bernardino 23 Approved as to Form: GARY D. SAENZ 24 City Attorney 25 By. 3 COUNCIL MEETING -- 10/06/14 �� `��/`Y�J �--• ITEM 5P RESOLUTION #2014-361 ACCT NO.129-160-5504-79134WS CM OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES COkTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITA'T'ION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARPiNO CITY STREETS SPECIAL PROVISION NO. 13024 A. j= ` i'<•i lry 0No.54931%r j of Cw i II DEPARTMENIT OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO July,2014 BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE DOUR OF 2:00 P.M. on Aueust 12,2014 ;4 File No.: 1.7913 Account Nos. 129-160-5504-7913-0025 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM NO. TWO TO BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 The Special Provisions (Bid and Contract Documents)for this Project shall be amended as follows: 1. Delete Bid Schedule No. 1, Pages B-2 through B-4 of the Special Provisions, and substitute the attached revised Bid Schedule No. 1, entitled as follows: ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 2. The Bid opening date and time for this Project is hereby adjusted to August 19, 2014, 2:00 pm at the City of San Bernardino offices, as otherwise noted within the Notice Inviting Bids. All other terms and conditions of the Bid and Contracting Documents and Addendum No. One shall remain unchanged. ALL BIDDERS SHALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. TWO AS REQUIRED ON PAGE C-2, "ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS," OF THE BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. ZA BY; A= 4 DATE: August 12, 2014 ROBERT G. EISENBEISZ, P. . City Engineer Addendum No.Two;Bid and Contract Documents No.13024 Page 1 of 1 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Item Description Unit of Estimated Unit Price($) Item Total($) Measure Quantity Construct PCC Curb Ramp, Including Removal I of Existing,Per SPPWC Standard Plan No. EA 70 111-5,Arterial Construct PCC Curb Ramp, Including Removal 2. of Existing,Per SPPWC Standard Plan No. EA 230 111-5,Local/Collector Modify Existing PCC Curb Ramp,per SPPWC 3. Standard Plan No. 111-5 (Add Truncated EA 70 Domes and Grind Lip),Arterial Modify Existing PCC Curb Ramp,per SPPWC 4. Standard Plan No. 111-5 (Add Truncated EA 60 Domes and Grind Lip),Local/Collector Construct PCC Curb,Including Removal of 5. Existing,per City Standard Plan No.200, LF 1,000 Arterial Construct PCC Curb,Including Removal of 6. Existing,per City Standard Plan No. 200, LF 1,000 Local/Collector Construct PCC Curb and Gutter,Including 7. Removal of Existing,per City Standard Plan LF 1,000 No. 200,Arterial Construct PCC Curb and Gutter,Including g. Removal of Existing,per City Standard Plan LF 1,000 No. 200,Local/Collector Construct PCC Cross Gutter with Spandrels, q. Including Removal of Existing,per City SF 4,600 Standard Plan No. 201,Arterial Construct PCC Cross Gutter with Spandrels, 10. Including Removal of Existing,per City SF 14,000 Standard Plan No. 201,Local/Collector Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 1.5" 11. Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial SF 60,000 Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2" 12. Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial SF 7,000 Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement, 0"to 2.5" 13. Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial SF 3,000 Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 1.5" 14. Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector SF 100,000 B-2 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1, Cont. ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Item Description Unit of Estimated Unit Price($) Item Total$) Measure Quantity Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement, 0"to 2" 15. Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector SF 10,000 Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2.5" 16. Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector SF 5,000 17. Cold Mill AC Pavement, 1.5"Depth,Arterial SF 1,300,000 lg_ Cold Mill AC Pavement,2"Depth,Arterial SF 150,000 19. Cold Mill AC Pavement,2.5"Depth,Arterial SF 75,000 Cold Mill AC Pavement, 1.5"Depth,Local/ 20. SF 1,100,000 Collector Cold Mill AC Pavement,2"Depth,Local/ 21• SF 140,000 Collector Cold Mill AC Pavement,2.5"Depth, Local/ 22. Collector SF 70,000 Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 23. and Place Minimum 2"Asphalt Concrete, SF 50,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Arterial Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 24. and Place Minimum 2-1/2"Asphalt Concrete, SF 20,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Arterial Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 25. and Place Minimum 3"Asphalt Concrete, SF 20,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Arterial Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 26. and Place Minimum 2"Asphalt Concrete, SF 50,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 27. and Place Minimum 2.5"Asphalt Concrete, SF 15,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish 28 and Place Minimum 3"Asphalt Concrete, SF 15,000 Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector B-3 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1, Cont. ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Item Description Unit of Estimated Unit Price($) Item Total($) Measure Quantity 29. AC Leveling Course,2"maximum,Arterial TN 730 AC Leveling Course, 2"maximum,Local/ 30 Collector TN 680 Furnish and Install Pavement Reinforcing 31. Fabric,Arterial SY 13,000 Furnish and Install Pavement Reinforcing 32. Fabric,Local/Collector SY 12,000 Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 33. 1-1/2",Arterial TN 14,000 34. Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, TN 3,000 2",Arterial Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 35. 2-1/2",Arterial TN 1,500 Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 36. 1-1/2",Local/Collector TN 13,000 Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 37. 2",Local/Collector TN 2,000 Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 38. 2-1/2",Local/Collector TN 1,000 39. Construct AC Dike LF 2,000 40. Adjust Existing Utility Frame and Cover to EA 50 Grade 41. Adjust Existing Water Valve Cover to Grade EA 100 42. Untreated Base(Patching&Flatwork) TN 500 43. Miscellaneous AC Paving TN 250 The above quantities are estimates of annual usage only and are given for basis of comparison of bids. No guarantee or warranty is made or implied as to the exact quantity to be needed per work item, per respective Project, or total number of Projects per year within each year(twelve month)term of this Contract. Specific roadway rehabilitation work will be ordered by the CITY as needed per separate Task Order. Total Bid Schedule No. 1 Bid: B-4 File No.: 1.7913 Account Nos. 129-160-5504-7913-0025 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO STATE OF CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM NO. ONE TO BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 The Special Provisions (Bid and Contract Documents)for this Project shall be amended as follows: 1. Delete SECTION 3, entitled, "3-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT," and replace with the following: 3-1.01 GENERAL -- The Award of the Contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed. The award of the Contract will be made by and at the sole discretion of the Mayor and Common Council at a regularly scheduled Council meeting. The bidder, to whom the Contract is awarded, shall file with the Engineer all required insurance policies, bid bond, and execute the Contract within 10 calendar days after receiving notification of the award. Failure to file the stipulated documents and execute the Contract within the prescribed time shall constitute good and sufficient grounds for rescission of the award and payment of 10%of the bid to the CITY as liquidated damages. Additionally, the CITY reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept any bid or portion thereof, to waive any irregularity and to take the bids under advisement for the period of time stated in the legal Notice Inviting Sealed Bids as may be required to provide for the best interests of the CITY. The Bid Form, the Special Provisions- Instructions to Bidders, the Special Provisions, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Addenda, together with any attachments, shall be considered as part of the Contract (the Bid and Contracting Documents) between the CITY and the Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the Bidder to whom the award is contemplated. 3-1.03 CONTRACT BONDS -- The Contractor shall be responsible for filing Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds with the Engineer before the Notice to Proceed is executed by the CITY, for each specific Task Order. In accordance with Section 2-4, "CONTRACT BONDS," of the Standard Specifications, the Contract bonds, including Payment Bond (Material and Labor Bond) and Performance Bond shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of "A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the Addendum No.One;Bid and Contract Documents No.13024 Page 1 of 3 State of California. The Contractor shall provide to the CITY three (3) original "wet" copies of Payment and Performance Bonds equal to 100%of the estimated value of each separate Task Order. Alternatively,Contractor may elect, at his option, to submit one set of Payment and Performance bonds covering the total estimated value of the Contract as so stated within Contractor's bid, prior to the issuance of the initial Task Order. CITY shall release the Contractor from each separate Task Order Payment and Performance Bond, upon completion of the work for the respective Task Order, should Contractor so elect to file separate Payment and Performance Bonds for each Task Order. Should Contractor elect to file with CITY a single set of Payment and Performance Bonds, covering the sum total of the work within all of the assigned Task Orders as so identified per these Bid and Contracting Documents, said Bonds shall not be released to the Contractor until completion of all the Task Orders assigned under these Bid and Contracting Documents. 3-1.04 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS -- In the event that any Bidder acting as a prime Contractor has an interest in more than one submitted bid, all such submitted bids will be rejected and the Bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one Bidder and, while doing so, may also submit a formal bid as a prime Contractor. No Contract will be executed unless the Bidder is licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor shall fill out all documents contained in the Bid Document section, and comply with all the requirements of the Bid Documents and specifications contained in the Special Provisions. 2. Add the following Section to the Special Provisions: 20-1 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT STRIPING AND MARKINGS 20-1.01 GENERAL - The application of temporary traffic striping and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements of Section 210-1.6, "Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking", Section 214, "PAVEMENT MARKERS," Section 310-5.6, "Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings" and Section 312, "PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. For purposes of this Contract, Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary markings, following completion of the pavement milling(s), and completion of the placement of the final Asphalt concrete cap, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Temporary markings shall include temporary tabs, as directed by the Engineer. CITY shall, using its own forces or via a separate CITY-retained contractor, apply final pavement striping and pavement markings. Contractor shall be contractually required to maintain temporary striping for fourteen calendar days, or until CITY's signing and striping contractor applies permanent roadway striping and markings, whichever occurs first. All temporary pavement striping and markings shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD); emphasis shall be given to matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 20-1.02 PAYMENT- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of"TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in the application of temporary traffic striping and pavement markings, per the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) Figures,the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, any subsequent CITY issued Plans, Details or Exhibits, and as directed by the Addendum No.One;Bid and Contract Documents No.13024 Page 2 of 3 Engineer, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 3. A list of companies whom attended the August 5, 2014 Mandatory Pre-bid Meeting, has been posted to the CITY's website. Only companies whom attended the referenced Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting may bid on this Project. 4. The CITY has posted an exhibit to the CITY's website,which graphically identifies all Projects included within this Contract. ALL BIDDERS SHALL INDICATE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM NO. ONE AS REQUIRED ON PAGE C-2, "ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS," OF THE BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS OF THESE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. By: DATE: August 6, 2014 ROBERT G. EISENBEISZ, P.E. City Engineer Addendum No.One;Bid and Contract Documents No.13024 Page 3 of 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENTS OF THESE BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS The "Bid and Contracting Documents" for this Project consists of three (3) Parts as follows: PART I — Administration PART II — Special Provisions The above two (2) parts are bound together in one (1) manual titled "Bid and Contracting Documents" PART III — PLANS, EXHIBITS AND DRAWINGS: There have been no Plans, Exhibits or Drawings prepared, and there will be no Plans, Exhibits or Drawings made available during the advertisement and bidding period. CITY reserves the right to issue any Plans, Exhibits or Drawings to the selected Contractor, after award, should, in the CITY's sole discretion, such Plans, Exhibits or Drawings serve to better define or clarify the work as so described within these Bid and Contracting Documents. ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO.13024 Contents for Bid and Contracting Documents CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I ADMINISTRATION NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS BID DOCUMENTS BID FORM B-1 BID SCHEDULE No. 1 B-2 SUMMARY OF BID SCHEDULES B-5 BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE C-1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS C-2 SPECIAL NOTICE C-3 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS C-4 BIDDER SELF PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION FORM C-5 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION C-6 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT C-7 FORM OF BID BOND C-8 REFERENCES FOR WORK C-9 PART II SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION I - BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS SP-1 SECTION 2 - BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS SP-3 SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SP-5 SECTION 4 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE&COMMENCEMENT OF WORK,TIME OF COMPLETION&LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SP-6 SECTION 5 - LEGAL REQUIREMENTS SP-9 SECTION 6 - GENERAL SP-12 SECTION 7 - UTILITIES SP-17 SECTION 8 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK SP-19 SECTION 9 - TRAFFIC CONTROL SP-24 SECTION 10 - MOBILIZATION SP-25 SECTION I 1 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING SP-27 SECTION 12 - UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION SP-29 SECTION 13 - UNCLASSIFIED FILL SP-31 SECTION 14 - ASPHALT CONCRETE SP-32 SECTION 15 - UNTREATED BASE(PATCHING AND FLATWORK) SP-36 SECTION 16 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SP-37 SECTION 17 - COLD MILLING SP-41 SECTION 18 - PAVEMENT REINFORCING FABRIC SP-43 SECTION 19 - THROUGH SECTION 24 BLANK SP-44 SECTION 25 - ADJUSTMENT OF WATER FACILITIES SP-45 SECTION 26 - THROUGH 45 BLANK SP-47 PART I ADMINISTRATION Bigineer's Fstimate(Range only),for potential Task Orders over entire duration of the work:$2,000,000 to$8,000,000 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO Owner NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of San Bernardino (CITY) will receive bids for: ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 in accordance with Bid and Contracting Documents on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Department of Public Works, Third Floor, San Bernardino City Hall. Electronic copies of the above documents are available to be downloaded (copied), at no cost, from the CITY's website at: www.ci.san-bemardino.ca.us/services/request for bids/public works/default.asp. Conversely, the Project documents are also available on CD, at no cost, if picked up in person. Upon request, a CD of the Bid and Contracting Documents may be mailed for an additional fee of$5.00. It is the responsibility of firms wishing to bid on this Project to provide a firm name, physical address, contact person, phone number, fax number and email address for inclusion on the CITY's List of Plan Holders. The above listed information and confirmation of receipt of any issued addendum to the City Engineer's Office shall be submitted to the CITY a minimum of one (1) business day prior to the scheduled day of the Bid Opening. Only those firms listed on the CITY's "LIST OF PLAN HOLDERS" and providing confirmation of any issued addendum shall be eligible to submit bids for this Project. Deliver all bids to the City Engineer's Office, Third Floor, City Hall, 300 North "D" Street, San Bernardino, California, with the bidder's name and address, the specification title and number and "SEALED BID " clearly marked on the outside of the envelope. Said bids will be received up to the hour of 2:00 p.m., on, Tuesday, August 12, 2014, at which time all of said bids will be publicly opened, and examined and declared in the City Engineer's Conference Room, Third Floor, City Hall. Street, San Bernardino, California. This meeting is to provide information and to answer questions, only insofar as to direct Contractor to information within the Special Provisions governing this Contract. Attendance will be taken and Bidder's attendance at this meeting is required. Pursuant to law, the Mayor and the Common Council of the City of San Bernardino, by Resolution No. 90-358 and any and all amendments thereto which are hereby referred to and made a part thereof by references as fully as though set at length herein, have ascertained and determined the general prevailing rate per diem wages, and of per diem wages for legal holidays and overtime work for each craft or type work of workman needed in the execution of contracts under jurisdiction of said Mayor and Common Council. Said prevailing rates of wages shall conform to Section 1773 of the California Labor Code. The general prevailing wage rates in the county in which the work is to be done have been determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wages are available from the California Department of Industrial Relations' Internet web site at http://www.dir.cmgov/dirdatabases.html. General prevailing wage rates, in effect ten (10) days prior to the actual Bid Opening, which have been predetermined and are on file with the California Department of Industrial Relations are also referenced and made a part thereof. It shall be mandatory upon the Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded and upon any sub- contractor under him to pay not less than specified rates to all laborers, workmen, and mechanics employed by them in the execution of the contract, and to prevent discrimination in the employment of persons because of race, creed, color, or national origin, as set forth in the provisions of Resolution No. 7414 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. This Project is subject to requirements for the employment of apprentices registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Additional information can be obtained at http://www.dir.ca.gov/DAS/PublicWorksForms.htm. The City of San Bernardino reserves the right to waive any informalities or inconsequential deviations from Contract specifications, or to reject any and all bids. No bidder may withdraw his bid within Sixty (60) calendar days from the date of the bid opening. The CITY reserves the right to take all bids under advisement for a period of Sixty (60) calendar days. No oral representations or interpretations will be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of the Special Provisions, Plans, any addenda, or other On Call Contract Documents. Written requests for an interpretation, or to identify a potential omission, discrepancy, or misunderstanding will be accepted if received by 5:00 p.m. of the 5th working day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening. BID DOCUMENTS BID FORM TO THE MAYOR AND COMMON COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that he has examined the Bid and Contracting Documents and read the accompanying instructions to bidders and hereby proposes to furnish any and all required labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, transportation and service for the ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 in strict conformity with Bid and Contracting Documents No. 13024 of the Department of Public Works, City of San Bernardino and also in accordance with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition, and other Standards as noted herein. The undersigned proposes and agrees if this bid is accepted, that he will contract with the City of San Bernardino, in the form of the copy of the Contract annexed hereto, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of maintenance, and to do all the work and furnish all the materials specified in the Contract, in the manner and time therein prescribed, and that he will take in full payment therefore the following Unit Prices or Lump Sum Prices, to-wit: B-1 NIavcn Vulpvlcl 08-12-2014 08:432m From-CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO +9093845155 T-408 P.002/004 F-137 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILlITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDI.NO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Unit of Estimated Unit Price Item Total S Item Description Measure Quantity { ) ( ) Construct PCC Curb Ramp,Including Removal 1, of Existing,Per SPPWC Standard Plan No. EA 70 111-5,Arterial 2,ItW r (Q,000 r Construct PCC Curb Ramp,Including Removal 2 of Existing,Per SPPWC Standard Plan No. EA 230 _ 111-5,Local/Collector rp1 l¢( 250 { Modify Existing PCC Curb Ramp,per SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-5(Add Tntncated EA 70 f Domes and Grind Lip),Arterial Modify Existing PCC Curb Ramp,per SPPWC 4. I Standard Plan No_ 111-5 (Add Truncated EA 60 Domes and Grind Lip),Local/Collector Construct PCC Curb,Including Removal of 5. Existing,per City Standard Plan No. 200, i LF 1,000 i 31 37 ; Arterial f Mo Construct PCC Curb,Including Removal of i 6_ 1 Existing,per City Standard flan No.200, I LF 13000 j Local/Collector j -- 3-1 Construct PCC Curb and Gutter, Including E 7 Removal of Existing,per City Standard Plan L) 1,000 _ 1 No.200, Arterial Construct PCC Curb and Gutter,Including g Removal of Existing,per City Standard Plan LF 1,000 No,200,Lacall Collector -3kP Construct PCC Cross Gutter with Spandrels, Including Removal of Existing,per City SF 4,600 jStandard Plan No. 201, Arterial 13 $� s Construct PCC Cross Gutter with Spandrels, 10. Including Removal of Existing,per City SF 14,000 I Standard Plan No. 201,Local/Collector 13 � j e mo Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 1.5" 11_ Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial SF 60,000 a 2 I OCR Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2" 7,000 SF 33 2 31 C) 1= Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2.5" SF 3,000 A5 , 13. Depth, 5' Wide,Arterial Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 1.5" 14 SF 100,000 20 Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector a �O B-2 Matich Corporation 09-12-2014 08:43am From-CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO +9093845155 T-406 P.003/004 F-137 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO, 13024 BID SCHEDULE No. 1, Cont. ADDENDUM NQ. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Unit of Estimated Unit Price($) Item Total$) Item Description Measure Quanti ty Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2" _ 15. Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector SF 10,000 x-35 7 e-, oo Cold Mill Wedge Cut,AC Pavement,0"to 2.5" 16. Depth, 5' Wide,Local/Collector SF 5,000 — 1 5 17. Cold Mill AC Pavement, 1.5"Depth,Arterial SF 1,300,000 0 1 '3 12,PICO._ 1g Cold Mill AC Pavement,2"Depth,Arterial SF 150,000 ?Z - 3 pbb" 19. Cold Mill AC Pavement,2.5"Depth,Artcrial SF 75,000 , 25 SD 1 SO Cold Mill AC Pavement, 1.5"Depth,Local/ SF 1,100,000 2 3 20. Collector d LS 3 000 Cold Mill AC Pavement,2"Depth,Local/ SF 140,000 21. Collector o — Cold Mill AC Pavement,2.5"Depth,Local/ SF 70,000 22. Collector v Z—e' 7►�� Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish SF 50,000 73 and Place Minimum 2"Asphalt Concrete, p rt $© q Minimum 4' X 4',Arterial 0,00C) Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish SF 20,000 24. and Place Minimum 2-112"Asphalt Concrete, =3® Minimum 4' X 4',Arterial Z ' Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish SF 20,000 25 and Place Minimum 3"Asphalt Concrete, �p Minimum 4'X 4',Arterial 2 " ��,d O Q Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish SF 50,000 26. and Place Minimum 2"Asphalt Concrete, Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector +Q,© � 000�� Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,Furnish S.F I 5,000 _ 27• and Place Minimum 2.5"Asphalt Concrete, Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector • •�� � Pavement Repair,Including Remove and Dispose Deteriorated AC Pavement,l unmish SF 15,000 2S• and Place Minimum 3"Asphalt Concrete, S`� � 5C4- Minimum 4' X 4',Local/Collector 1. B-3 Mauch Corporation 08-12-2014 08:44am From-CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO +9093845155 T-408 P.004/004 F-137 ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY S'T'REETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BID SCHEDULE loo. 1, Cont. ADDENDUM NO. 2 AUGUST 12, 2014 Unit of Estimated Unit Price{$) Item Total($} Item Description Measure Quantity 2g AC Leveling Course,2"maximum,Arterial 'rN 730 AC Leveling Course,2"maximum,Locall 10 Collector TN 680 i02' 421W Furnish and Install Pavement Reinforcing 5Y 13,000 31 Fabric,Arterial oS© �7 � Furnish and Install Pavement Reinforcing 32 Fabric,Local/Collector SY 12,000 �, Q©® Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 1"N 14,OOU %2 `07 , 33• 1-1/2",Arterial Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, 34• 2",Arterial TN 3,000 Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, TN 1,500 3J` 2-1/2" Arterial `� Lam� Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, TN I-)'000 '� 1-1/2",Local/Collector I Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, TN 2,000 �C" IN W)- 7 2",Local/Collector Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Overlay, TN 1,000 — — 3$. 2-1/2",Locall Collector 3g, Construct AC Dike LF 2,000 Adjust Existing Utility Frame and Cover to EA 50 40, Grade IL ' 41• Adjust Existing Water Valve Cover to Grade EA 100 S 42. Untreated Base (Patching&Flatwork) TN 500 43. Miscellaneous AC Paving TN 250 1 r The above quantities are estimates of annual usage only and are given for basis of comparison of bids. No guarantee or warranty is made or implied as to the exact quantity to be needed per work item, per respective Project, or total number of Projects per year within each year(twelve month)term of this Contract. Specific roadway rehabilitation work will be ordered by the CITY as needed per separate Task Order. Total Bid Schedule No. 1 Bill: $ X31730®�_� B-4 Matich Corporation SUMMARY OF BID SCHEDULES BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS NO. 13024; ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 BIDDER: Matich Corporation (Contractor Name) GRAND TOTAL BID* S �"t ` , t J" (FIGURES) *Grand Total Bid is equal to the total of Bid Schedule No. 1. BID NOTES: The bidder signed hereon hereby proposes and agrees, if this bid is accepted, to furnish all materials and do all the work required to complete the said work in accordance with the Special Provisions and instructions,in the time and manner therein prescribed for the unit cost amounts set forth in the preceding bid. Time is of the essence in the completion of the work encompassed by the various Task Order(s) (Project or Projects) covered by this Contract. Contractor shall commence roadway rehabilitation work within Ten (10) working days after notification by the CITY via the Notice to Proceed, for each Task Order. Contractor must pursue the work diligently and continuously after commencement of job to complete each Task Order issued by the CITY. `York on each individual street (Project) within this Contract shall be completed in no more than Thirty (30) working days, per street (i.e., flatwork and pavement work combined). The CITY seeks a source of materials and labor that will provide accurate and timely delivery and completion of the assigned work. Bidder understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are to calculate the total bid amount for comparison purposes only,and that final compensation under the Contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. The Bidder agrees that the CITY reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any quantity shown in the Bid Schedule, to add or subtract Project(s), to delete any item from the Contract and pay the Contractor at the unit bid prices, and to determine the number of Project(s)and number of Task Order(s)under the terms of this Contract. It is agreed that the unit bid prices include the cost of all labor, tools, materials, equipment, parts, implements, supplies, incidentals, and all appurtenant expenses,taxes,royalties,and fees. The bidder shall make every effort to provide a legible and complete Bid Schedule. The bidder shall verify that its Bid Schedule is free of mathematical errors. In the case of discrepancies in the amount bid,unit prices shall govern over extended amounts. B-5 Matich Corporation Prior to Notice to Proceed, CITY will issue to the selected Contractor Task Order(s) that indicate locations, extents and details for all work to be performed. For bidding purposes, CITY intends to issue approximately three (3)to eight (8) Task Orders covering the work under this Contract; however, City retains the right to alter or amend the number of Task Orders to be assigned to the Contractor under this Contract. Bids shall be submitted on the bid forms provided in the Bid and Contracting Documents package. All bid forms shall be completed, signed, and sealed in accordance with these instructions and the instructions included with the individual bid forms. A bid that fails to include all bid forms will be considered non- responsive. CITY reserves the right to award a Contract to the lowest responsible bidder for the GRAND TOTAL BID (the total of Bid Schedule No. 1). The Bid Schedule shall be typed or clearly completed in ink. All spaces for unit prices, item totals, and total bid shall be completed, in figures. All prices shall be in United States dollars. For a Lump Sum item,the unit price shall match the item total price. If any person contemplates submission of a bid for the proposed contract and is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the services to be performed,they may submit a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery by 5:00 p.m. of the 51h working day prior to the day of the proposed bid opening. Any interpretation or correction of the proposed documents shall be made only by addendum duly issued and copy of such addendum will be faxed, mailed, or delivered to each person of record as receiving a set of such documents. The CITY will not be responsible for any other form of explanation or interpretation of the proposed documents. Any situation not specifically provided for will be determined at the discretion of the City of San Bernardino(CITY),and that discretion will be exercised in the manner deemed by the CITY to best protect the public interest in the prompt and economical completion of the work. The decision of the CITY respecting the amount of a Bid,or the existence or treatment of an irregularity in a Bid,shall be final. BIDDER declares that this Bid is based upon careful examination of the work sites, and the Bid and Contracting Documents. Estimated quantities are for the purpose of comparison only, and payments will be made on a basis of actual measurement of work completed except for Lump Sum(LS)pay quantities. Units of Measurement: EA Each LF Linear Feet TN Ton SY Square Yard SF Square Feet B-6 Matich Corporation BIDDER'S INFORMATION AND SIGNATURE: ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES CONTRACT FOR ROADWAY REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO CITY STREETS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 It is the understanding of the undersigned that the work hereinabove described shall be commenced within Five 5 working days from the date of the "Notice to Proceed," for each Task Order as assigned by the CITY, and shall be undertaken in a diligent and workmanlike fashion as directed in SECTION 4 of these Bid and Contracting Documents Special Provisions No. 13024. The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the Contract, or furnishing necessary bonds, all within the specified time, the proceeds of the Bidder's Guaranty accompanying this Bid shall be paid to the City of San Bernardino as liquidated damages. Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of Contractor, LICENSE EXPIRATION NO.: 149783 CLASSIFICATION: A�`B DATE: 11-30-15 FIRM NAME: Matich Corporation BUSINESS ADDRESS: 1596 Harry Sheppard Blvd. San Bemardino,CA 92408 BUSINESS PHONE: 909 382-7400 FAX: 909 382-0113 CELL : 409 If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, give the names of all individuals, co-partners composing the firm. If a corporation,give the names of the president, secretary,treasurer and manager thereof: Corporation Is Bidder currently a certified DBE? Yes ❑ No Legal Status of Firm NAMES ADDRESS(ES) See Attached Corporate Resolution SIGNATURE OF BIDDER: /� .� <72, ated: ��� �. 120 Mari- T. Hickman vice President C-1 Matich Corporation CORPORATE RESOLUTION At a meeting of the Board of Directors of MATICH CORPORATION, a California Corporation duly called and held on the 1 lth day of March, 2014, a quorum being present, the following RESOLUTION was adopted: "Resolved,the Corporate Officers for Matich Corporation are PRESIDENT Stephen A. Matich VICE PRESIDENT &TREASURER Randall S.Valadez VICE PRESIDENT & CORPORATE SECRETARY Randall S. Valadez VICE PRESIDENT—ENGINEERING Robert M. Matich VICE PRESIDENT—ESTIMATING Mark T. Hickman FURTHER RESOLVED, that the above listed Corporate Officers are duly authorized to sign documents (bids, contracts, etc.) as may be necessary on behalf of MATICH CORPORATION I, Randall S. Valadez, Secretary of MATICH CORPORATION have compared the foregoing RESOLUTION with original thereof, as it appears on the records of the Board of Directors of said company, and do so certify that the same is a true and correct transcript there from, and of the whole said original RESOLUTION. I further certify that said RESOLUTION has not been amended or revoked and is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS THEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as such Secretary this 1 lth day of March, 2014. R ndall S. Valadez, Se et ry Matich Corporation Matich Corporation BIDDER'S FIRM NAME ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS;SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become a part of the documents furnished to all bidders for the preparation of bids, shall be covered in the bids, and shall be made a part of the Contract. Each Bid shall include specific acknowledgement in the space provided of receipt of all Addenda issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge Addenda may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. BIDDER'S INITIALED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUMS: ADDENDUM NO. I DATE-' ' 2 ADDENDUM NO.2 DATE: 4b'k,Z- L ADDENDUM NO.3 DATE: ADDENDUM NO.4 DATE: C-2 Matich Corporation SPECIAL NOTICE The bidder's attention is directed to the Section entitled, "Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors," in Section 2 of these Special Provisions regarding the requirement that proposed subcontractors be listed in the bidder's Bid Documents. All subcontractors are to be listed in the Designation of Sub-Contractors for items of work or portions thereof to be subcontracted in excess of one-half of one percent of the total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater. In the case where a bidder claims an inadvertent clerical error in listing sub-contractors, a notice of the claim must be submitted to the Office of the City Engineer in writing within 2 working days after the time of the bid opening and send copies of the notice to the subcontractors involved. The bidder shall provide the actual dollar "Sub-Contract Amount" as submitted by each listed sub-contractor, keeping in mind that the prime contractor for this project is required to provide or perform, with his own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50% of the total contract bid price. Material required for any of the Contract work of this Project that is purchased directly by the prime Contractor is considered as included in the prime Contractor's 50% requirement. If material purchased directly by the prime Contractor is to be used by a listed sub-contractor in performing Contract work, the dollar amount of such purchased material should not be included in the dollar amount listed for said sub-contractor. Subsection 2-3.2, "Self Performance," of the Standard Specifications, shall be revised as follows: If the Bid submitted by the Contractor fails to meet at least fifty (50) percent of the amount of work required with its own forces, the Bid will be considered non-responsive and rejected with no further consideration. If after execution of the Agreement the CITY discovers the Contractor is performing work amounting to less than fifty (50 percent) of the Contracted amount, except for "Specialty Items," the Contractor will be notified that he or she is in violation of the Contract and will have that portion subcontracted for which is less than fifty percent (50%) of the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor deducted from payment to the Contractor. The deduction shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Contracted amount required to be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor will not be penalized by the CITY resulting from Contract Change Orders that increase subcontract items of work. Subcontracts shall include provisions that the Contract between the CITY and the Contractor is part of the subcontract. Subcontracts shall also contain certification by the subcontractor that said subcontractor is experienced in, qualified to do, and knowledgeable about, the subcontracted work. Copies of subcontracts shall be available to the Engineer at the time any litigation against the CITY concerning the Project is filed. C-3 Matich Corporation Matich Corporation BIDDER'S FIRM NAME DESIGNATION OF SUB- CONTRACTORS BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. In compliance with the provisions of Sections 4100-4114 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California and any amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth the name, location and subcontractor's license number of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor. Contractor shall not replace any listed subcontractor without prior written permission of the CITY,and such substituted subcontractor(s)shall conduct any such work operations for under the terms of this Contract,and for the unit price(s)as per the original subcontractor. Name&Address Agency&No.of Sub-Contractor's Work to be Under Which MBE/WBE CERT. Phone#, Sub-Contract Performed Licensed (If Applicable) License#&Class Amount (Including Bid Item Nos.): 1. Ww 1K*k -5 Z _ W1 $ t 0 .wQ III Vt true 33 31.3; 1. 1 q29��I 2. Ca I IVIG lq CJ�- i Zw�A ►P1► �M $ 2� CCItYl.CA 231 3 � ,?t�.37 3p, 3 Q-vt. ,� $ 4. — 5. 6. IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED,PLEASE DUPLICATE THIS SHEET DO NOT WRITE ON THE BACK C-4 Mauch Corporation Matich Corporation BIDDER'S FIRM NAME BIDDER SELF-PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION FORM BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. (To be completed and submitted with Prime Contractor's Bid documents) This form is intended to assist the Bidder in verifying its compliance with Subsection 2-3, "SUBCONTRACTS," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. (1) Total Dollar ($) amount of the Work to be performed by Subcontractors: $ (2) Specialty Items (to be performed by Subcontractors): Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Item No. $ Subtotal: $ (3) Net subcontracted amount $ (Line 1- Line 2): (4) Contract Price (Grand Total from the Schedule of Prices): �- (5) Contract Price less Specialty Items to be performed by subcontractors: (Line 4- Line 2) $ 01�c (6) Percentage to be self-performed ([Line 5 —Line 3]/Line 5 X 100): (by Prime Contractor) �5�5� % If Line 6 is less than 50%, the amount of work to be self-performed by the Prime Contractor is not in conformance with Subsection 2-3, "SUBCONTRACTS," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Matich Corporation WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code requiring every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract. Contractor: NAME OF FIRM: Matich corporation /J BY: �L G�- TITLE: Mark T. Hickman Vice President DATE: ,'�� C-6 Matich Corporation (This affidavit shall be executed by all bidders at the time of bid submittal. Failure to execute the affidavit on this page will result in rejection of bid.) NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO. 13024. To the Department of Public Works,City of San Bernardino, State of California: The undersigned in submitting a bid for performing the following work by Contract, being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid,that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; communication, or conference with anyone to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract on anyone interested in the proposed Contract;or take any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such Contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Matich Corporation Firm ame Signature of Bidde Mark T. Hickman Vice President Printed Name and Title 1596 Harry Sheppard Blvd. San Bemardino,CA 92408 Business Address Place of Residence Subscribed and sworn to(or affirmed)before me this day of ,20 the above proved to me on the b is of sa . factory evidence to be the person who app A red before me. Signed a ubl in and for the County of State of California. My Commission expires on Year MEGAN NADALET C-7 COMM. #1951226 9 tn NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA c.? SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY My Comm.Expires Oct.5,2015 Matleh Corporation FORM OF BID BOND BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS.-SPECIAL PROVISIONS NO.13024. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the undersigned, Matich Corporation as Principal,and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company as Surety, are hereby and firmly bound unto the City of San Bernardino State of California, hereinafter referred to as"Obligee"in the penal sum of ten percent 10% of the total amount of the bid of the Principal submitted to the Obligee for the work described below, for the payment of which sum we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, THAT: WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted to Obligee,a certain Bid,attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing,for the Annual Citywide Maintenance Services Contract for Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various San Bernardino Cif Streets' �ecial Provisions No. 13024 (Copy here the exact title description of work, including location, as it appears on the laid and Contract Document) for which bids are to be opened on August 12, 2014 (Insert date of opening) NOW, THEREFORE, a. If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, b. If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute a contract in the Form of contract attached hereto(properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,the same shall remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall,in no event,exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety,for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Obligee may accept such Bid;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Signed, this 1 st day of August , 20 14 . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers,the day and year first mentioned. Matich Corporation (SEAL Liberty Mutual Insurance Company(SEAL) .CnS�uIdrety Prin pal B y� O� By: � Signature sggna Mark T. Hickman Vice President -Heather Saltarelli, Attorne -in-Fact Printed Name and Title Printed Name and Title NOTE:Notarization of Principal and Surety signatures and Power of Attorney ofthe Surety shall accompany this form. C-8 aAatich Corporation ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Bernardino ) On 12 2014 before me, Megan Nadalet, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark T. Hickman who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons)whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. MEv,', i fJDALET COMM. #1951226 2 NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY My Comm.Expires Opt.5,2015 Signature (Seal) Matich Corporation CALIFORNIA ALL PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDQMENT State of California County of OrDsc on AUG 01 2014 before , K. Luu, Notary Public me b.w* personally appeared Heather SN ltarelli who proved to me on the basis of sadshomy evidence to be the person(s)whose name($)is/M subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that tWsheAf*executed the same in Yits/hedtMW authorized capaciq►(a), and that by N#jt dliW signaktreo)on the instrument the person($), or the entity upon behalf of y K. LOU �„ a. Commission 955 z 906 which the person(s)acted,exeaed the Instrument Notary public Ca{ifcrn a z ;\ Orange County n i certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws My Gomm. Expires Na r �, ?�f 5 of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand arid official seal. Signature e�on•�•dNawrPkAft PMOe Npery 9aer AOoN OPTIONAL Thmo ft W"matlon below is nor r"dmd by law,it HW prow vakom to persons re►*V on ft docurrlent and court prevent fraudulent removal and matodwrenf of 9*form to ano9w dManw t Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s)Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies)Claimed by Signer(s) Signers Name: Signer's Name: O Indvidual ❑individual O Corporate Officer—Mde(s): O Corporate Officer—TtWs): O Partner—O Limited D General O Partner—O Limited ❑General IN Attorney in Fad D Attorney In Fact Top d ft b here ❑ Trustee Top of two O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator O GuarckLn or Conservator ❑ Other: O Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: 02WNdandNoWymwodYm-=0 Do Bob Aya.PA9aiZM-00moMCA9131"4M-ww&NMftVM%r7" 9wnmw Rewdw-0dTe6r+w14M4784W Matich Corporation THIS POVYER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No.6454417 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire&Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,and WestAmerican Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein col�ivetycalled the"Comparlies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, tieattier Saltarellj•James A.Schaller Jeri Apodaca, L.uu•Michael D.Parizino•Rachelle RheauIt;Rhonda C.Abel all of the city of Newport Beach ,state of GA each individually if there be more than one named,its We and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,for ard on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presems and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed ' thereto this 19Th day of February 2014 R American Fire and Casualty Company z The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company u Liberty Mutual Insurance Company _ r. West American Insurance Company Y M d, By: m David M.Care ,Assistant Secretary 0 a r- STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss _ cc COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY - E to trO On this 1 day of February 2014 ,before me personally appeared David M:Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistarnt Secretary of American Fire and 01- ill 60 Casualty Company,liberty Mutual Insurance Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company.and WestAmenican tnsurarnce Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do, ` execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signmg on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duty wttwrized officer. _ ' O L IN WETNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto sub and affixed my notional seal at Plymouth Meeting,Pennsylvania,on the day and year first above written. a C § > Yx r ai 3 te� s Q a m ��id!flet� p e ss - By: s Teresa Pastella,Notary Public d s n" e C . Nh o w of the following By-laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance (N e an This Power of Attorney is made and executed'p mY y Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, lrir insurance Company winch resolutions are now m fug force and effect reading as follows: r ARTICLE IV—OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in wwritmg by the Chairman or the President,and subject O s to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shalt appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, g acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in feet,subject to the limitations;set forth in them respective - y so powers of aEtorney,shag have M power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instiirnlerds and to attach thereto the seal to the Corporation. When under is r executed,such instruments shall be as binding as rf signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney in-fact under >t the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or autfiority. �' V-> �.. C0 ARTICLE Xtl1-Execution of Contract-SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company aulhodzed for that purpose in writing by the chainnarn or the president, E m and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shag appoint such aftomeys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, ,_14 Ze seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney,shag have to power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of arty such instruments and to attach thereto the seat of the Company. When so C, ent and attested by the secretary• executed such instruments shalt be as binding as•d signed by the-pre president Certificate of Designation-The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such atfomeys-in ~ last as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seat;acknowledge and delver as surety any and aft undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization-By unanimous consent of the COMPanys Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a ceriifified copy of anypower of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,strati be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. t,Gregory W.Davenport,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company dor hereby car*that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and connect copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,is in lull force and effect and has not been revoked. AUG 0 12014 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hared and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of r. ^ ' k a § s s By. Gregory W.D7avenport,Assistant Secretary 1 g 452 of 500 lMS_12873_-122013 PART II SPECIAL PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 1 1-1 BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS 1-1.01 GENERAL -- The work embodied herein shall be done in accordance with City of San Bernardino Standard Drawings, insofar as the same apply and in accordance with the Special Provisions as identified herein. 1-1.02 DEFINITIONS -- Whenever in the Standard Specifications or these Special v Provisions the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean and refer as follows: Agency -The City of San Bernardino, or CITY. Board -The Mayor and Common Council for the City of San Bernardino. City Engineer -The City Engineer for the City of San Bernardino. Laboratory -The laboratory to be designated by the City of San Bernardino to test materials and work involved in the Contract. Resident Engineer, - The Resident Engineer is the City of San Bernardino's City Engineer, Engineer registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California, or the designated representative of the City of San Bernardino's City Engineer, registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. Notice Advertising -Notice Inviting Sealed Bids. for Bids Standard - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "Green Book," 2012 Specifications Edition. Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions, shall have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-2, "TERMS AND DEFINITIONS," of the Standard Specifications. The Standard Specifications set forth above will control the general provisions for this Contract - except as amended by these Bid and Contracting Documents (Special Provisions and other Contract documents). Only those Sections requiring amendment or elaboration or specifying options are called out. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, the Special Provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. Where the Bid and Contracting Documents describe portions of the work in general terms, but not in complete detail, it is understood that the item is to be furnished and installed complete and in SP-1 place, that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and do all the work involved in executing the Contract. The Contractor shall meet or exceed the applicable Public Works Policies and Procedures unless directed otherwise by these Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. The Bid and Contracting Documents for this Project shall conform to the requirements of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and Public Works Construction Policies, the 2012 Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Green Book), the 2012 Standard Plans for Public Works Construction and the latest editions of the CALTRANS Standard Plans, CALTRANS Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Wherever reference is made to any standards not mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order or standard that is in effect on the first day of the advertised "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids". 1-1.03 TAXES -- No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, or any tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 1-1.04 BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED -- The CITY will provide the Contractor with five (5) sets of Bid and Contracting Documents at no cost after the Award of Contract. The Contractor shall obtain all additional sets at its own cost. SP-2 SECTION 2 2-1 BID REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 2-1.01 GENERAL -- Bids must submitted on the bid form contained herein. All bids shall be signed, sealed and accompanied by cash, cashier's check or bid bond made payable to the City of San Bernardino, in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid. Such cash, check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the Contract if awarded to him. In the event the bidder, to whom the Contract is awarded, refuses to execute said Contract, and/or fails to file the necessary bonds, insurance certificate and executed Contract agreement within ten(10) working days following the date of the CITY's Notice of Award letter, the Bidder shall be considered as not fully executing the Contract. By not executing the Contract, the use by the public of the improvements will be delayed and the public will suffer great damage. From the nature of the case, it would be extremely difficult and impractical to fix the amount of said damage. Therefore, the CITY and the bidder agree that the bid guarantee of 10% of the bid shall be paid to the CITY as liquidated damages and not as forfeiture. Bid bonds shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of"A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Form of Bid Bond is contained in the Bid Documents in Part I of the Special Provisions. Notarization of the signatures of the Principal and the Surety and the Power of Attorney of the signing Surety shall accompany this form. Any bid not accompanied by such bid bond will be rejected as invalid. 2-1.02 REQUIRED LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS -- Each bid shall have listed therein the name and address of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to subcontract portions of the work in the amount of 1/2 of one percent of his total bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater, in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code. The bidder's attention is invited to other provisions of said Act related to the imposition of penalties for a failure to observe its provisions by using unauthorized subcontractors or by making unauthorized substitutions. A sheet for listing the subcontractors, as required herein, is included in the Bid Documents, in Part I of these Special Provisions. 2-1.03 REQUIRED EXAMINATION OF ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS -- Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Bid and Contracting Documents (the Special Provisions, and all other Contract Documents). The submission of a Bid shall constitute an acknowledgement upon which the CITY may rely that the Bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with all the Contract Documents. The failure or neglect of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents shall in no way relieve that Bidder from any obligation with respect to its Bid or to the Contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of the Contract Documents. The Bidder shall not be allowed any extra compensation by reason of any matter or thing, concerning that which such Bidder might have fully informed himself prior to the bidding. No Bidder shall at any time after submission of a bid make any claim or assertion that there was any SP-3 misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for satisfactory completion of the job. 2-1.04 REQUIRED INSPECTION OF THE SITE -- Bidders are required to inspect the sites of the proposed work to satisfy themselves by personal examination, or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the proposed work, and of the actual conditions, including subsurface of, and at, the sites of the proposed work. If, during the course of examination, a Bidder finds facts or conditions that appear to be in conflict with the letter or spirit of the bidding documents, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer immediately. Submission of a Bid by the Bidder shall constitute conclusive evidence that, if awarded the Contract, it has relied and is relying on its own examination of the following: (1) The sites of the proposed work; (2) Access to the sites; (3) All other data and matter requisite to the fulfillment of the work; (4) The Bidder's own knowledge of existing facilities on and in the vicinity of the sites of the proposed work under the Contract; (5) The conditions to be encountered (6) The character, quality, scope and complexity of the proposed work; (7) The quality and quantity of the materials to be furnished; and (8) The requirements of the Bid and Contracting Documents (Special Provisions, any Addenda, or any other Contract Documents). The information provided by the CITY is not intended to be a substitute for, or a supplement to, the independent verification by the Bidder to the extent such independent investigation of work site conditions is deemed necessary or desirable by the Bidder. 2-1.05 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS -- A bid may be withdrawn by a written request signed by the Bidder. Such requests must be delivered to the CITY's designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the "Notice Inviting Sealed Bids" or an amended date and hour stipulated in a signed addenda to the Special Provisions. The withdrawal of a bid will not prejudice the right of the Bidder to submit a new bid, providing there is time to do so. Bids may not be withdrawn after said bid opening hour without forfeiture of the bidder's bid guarantee. 2-1.06 IRREGULAR BIDS -- Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a bid will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed bid forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bid, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. MW ,a SP-4 SECTION 3 3-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 3-1.01 GENERAL -- The Award of the Contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed. The award of the Contract will be made by and at the sole discretion of the Mayor and Common Council at a regularly scheduled Council meeting. The bidder, to whom the Contract is awarded, shall file with the Engineer all required insurance policies, and execute the Contract within 10 calendar days after receiving notification of the award. Failure to file the stipulated documents and execute the Contract within the prescribed time shall constitute good and sufficient grounds for rescission of the award and payment of 10% of the bid to the CITY as liquidated damages. Additionally, the CITY reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept any bid or portion thereof, to waive any irregularity and to take the bids under advisement for the period of time stated in the legal Notice Inviting Sealed Bids as may be required to provide for the best interests of the CITY. The Bid Form, the Special Provisions-Instructions to Bidders, the Special Provisions, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids and Addenda, together with any attachments, shall be considered as part of the Contract (the Bid and Contracting Documents) between the CITY and the Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the Bidder to whom the award is contemplated. 3-1.03 CONTRACT BONDS -- The Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds shall be filed with the Engineer before the Notice to Proceed is executed by the CITY, for each specific Task Order. In accordance with Section 2-4, "CONTRACT BONDS," of the Standard Specifications, the Contract bonds, including Payment Bond (Material and Labor Bond) and Performance Bond shall be underwritten by a surety company having a rating in Best's most recent Insurance Guide of"A" or better. Bonds must be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and is authorized to issue bonds in the State of California. The Contractor shall provide to the CITY three (3) original "wet" copies of Payment and Performance Bonds equal to 100% of the estimated value of each separate Task Order. Alternatively, Contractor may elect, at his option, to submit one set of bonds covering the total estimated value of the Contract as so stated within Contractor's bid, prior to the issuance of the initial Task Order. 3-1.04 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS -- In the event that any Bidder acting as a prime Contractor has an interest in more than one submitted bid, all such submitted bids will be rejected and the Bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one Bidder and, while doing so, may also submit a formal bid as a prime Contractor. No Contract will be executed unless the Bidder is licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor shall fill out all documents contained in the Bid Document section, and comply with all the requirements of the Bid Documents and specifications contained in the Special Provisions. SP-5 SECTION 4 4-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4-1.01 GENERAL -- Attention is directed to the provisions of Section 6-1, "CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK," Section 6-7.1, "General," Section 6-8, "COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY," and of Section 6-9, "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 4-1.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING -- The initial Pre-Construction Meeting shall occur within 10 working days of the notification of the Award of the Contract, or as directed by the Engineer. Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer and all subcontractors on the time and date for the meeting. The Contractor's representative and the Contractor's principal ($10,000 and above of Contract work) subcontractors shall attend the CITY's Pre-construction meeting. At the Pre-construction meeting, if not previously submitted, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following documents: (1) Three copies of the executed Contract Documents; (2) Three copies of the required liability insurance policies; (3) Three copies of the required workers' compensation insurance policies; (4) One copy of the Contractor's City Business License(s); (5) One copy of any City of San Bernardino permits necessary to perform the work; and (6) One copy of any permits issued by other governmental entities necessary to perform the work (Note: CITY will facilitate the initial application for any non-CITY permits required, and shall pay any non-CUTY permit application fees.). At the Pre-construction meeting, the Engineer will provide the initial draft Task Order(s) to the Contractor, covering the proposed Work as so segmented by the CITY. CITY retains the right to provide additional draft Task Order(s) to the Contractor at any time during the term of this Contract. Revise the first paragraph of Subsection 6-1, "CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK," of the Standard Specifications, as follows: Within five calendar days following the Pre-construction meeting, Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a proposed construction schedule (Gantt Chart), covering the Work as outlined within each Task Order issued by the Engineer. The Engineer shall review Contractor's proposed schedule(s), and within 5 calendar days, shall meet with the Contractor to discuss and agree to the final revised schedule(s), for each Task Order. Said schedule(s) shall be used by the Engineer and Contractor to establish an agreed to allowable working days for each Task Order. Contractor shall refer to Section 8- 1.01, "DESCRIPTION OF WORK," of these Special Provisions, for a general preferred work sequence. 4-1.03 NOTICE TO PROCEED -- The Notice to Proceed for each Task Order shall not be issued until (1) All required documents noted above have been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer; (2) Three original copies of the required Payment and Performance Bonds have been submitted and approved; (3) An agreed to number of allowable working days is determined for each Task Order, and each said Task Order has been approved; (4) The Contractor's applicable NPDES Plan, Erosion Control Plan, or SWPPP has been submitted and approved; and (5) A Traffic Control Plan or Traffic Detour Plan, all for each Task Order, has been submitted and approved. Contractor shall start work within Ten (10) working days of receipt of Notice to Proceed. A sample Task Order follows: SP-6 SAMPLE Task Order No. ; Work on: Annual Citywide Maintenance Services Contract for Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various City of San Bernardino Streets; Special Provisions No. 13024 Department of Public Works,City of San Bernardino Agreed date,this Notice to Proceed: ; Agreed allowable working days,this Task Order: ; Agreed date for completion of work under this Task Order: Description of work under the terms of this Task Order: Project No. Name and limits Description of work Comments SS XX-001 Main Street, from This . R&R 4 PCC access ramps • Residential street;coordinate trash Street to That Street • Modify 2 access ramps pickup; • R&R–200' curb and gutter • Near to Sunny Side Hills School—allow • Mill 3,400 SY 1.5"AC for significant pedestrian traffic through • R&R–1,000 SF AC pvmt, work area 2.5" • Place 3,400 SY 1.5"AC pvmt SS XX-002 Next Street, from Here • R&R 6 PCC access ramps Street to There Street • R&R–100' curb and gutter • Mill 9,600 SY 1.5"AC • R&R–1,000 SF AC pvmt, ETC. 2.5" • Place--9,600 SY 1.5"AC pvmt SS XX-003 Another Street, from One • Mill 4,500 SY 1.5"AC Place to Another Place . R&R 1,000 SF AC pvmt, 2.5" ETC. • Place 4,500 SY 1.5"AC pvmt ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. ,• ETC. ETC. ETC. ETC. General Task Order Requirements: • All work is to be conducted per the requirements of the Bidding and Contract Documents, Special Provisions No. 13024. • Customary work items including Construction Surveying,Mobilization,Cooperation, Street Sweeping,Clearing and Grubbing,Traffic Control,Unclassified Excavation and Fill,protecting existing facilities,NPDES,etc.,while not separately noted in the Description of Work above,are nonetheless considered as a part of and included within each separate Project within this Task Order. Agreement to the work and terms of this Task Order: Robert Eisenbeisz,City Engineer Date: Contractor's Authorized Representative Date: City of San Bernardino SP-7 4-1.04 WORKING DAYS -- The Contractor shall diligently and in a workmanlike manner prosecute the work for each respective Task Order assigned under Bid Schedule No. 1, in accordance with the allowable working days as mutually agreed by the Contractor and the Engineer, from the date of the "NOTICE TO PROCEED," as memorialized for each Task Order. 4-1.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES -- The Contractor shall pay to the City of San Bernardino the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day for each calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days allotted, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) issued under the terms of this Contract. Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph of Subsection 6-9, with the following: Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,000 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. 4-1.06 PROGRESS REPORTS AND ACCOUNTING OF CONTRACTOR WORKING DAYS -- Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports and an updated Construction Schedule, to the Engineer by the tenth day of each month. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports. Section 6-7.3, "Contract Time Accounting " of the Standard Specifications, is superseded by these Special Provisions. The Engineer or designee will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. Per the Contractor's written request, the Engineer will provide working and non-working days to Contractor. 4-1.07 INSPECTION -- The Contractor is responsible to notify the Public Works Department's Inspection Office 48 hours prior to the start of any work. Any work performed without inspection by the CITY is subject to rejection and removal of work performed and, at the Contractor's expense, the work will have to be reconstructed. At the CITY's request, and the Contractor's expense, any pipes less than 24" must be inspected by camera for joint grouting and any other inspection. SP-8 SECTION 5 5-1 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 5-1.01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -- The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. 5-1.02 LIABILITY INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-3, "LIABILITY INSURANCE," of the Standard Specifications, providing that the Contractor shall furnish the CITY with a policy or certificate of liability insurance prior to execution of the Contract. All of the Insurance Policies shall name the City of San Bernardino as an additional insured. The endorsement shall be provided by the broker or agent of the insurance company and shall be notarized to that effect. ACCORD Forms are not acceptable, nor forms signed by the broker, unless they have Power of Attorney to bind the insurance provider. Contractor shall maintain minimum limits of insurance no less than: 1. General Liability: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Project/location; 2. Products/Completed Operations: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence & $2,000,000.00 aggregate; 3. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; 4. Employer's Liability: $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury or illness; and 5. Course of Construction: Completed value of the Project. 5-1.03 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE -- The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 7-4, "WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE," of the Standard Specifications, requiring that the Contractor shall file a signed Certificate of Workers' Compensation Insurance before execution of the Contract. 5-1.04 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE -- The Contractor and all subcontractors shall pay each craft or worker employed on this Project not less than the prevailing wage rates specified in Resolution No. 90-358 of the Mayor and Common Council of the City of San Bernardino. The Engineer shall have the right to interview any craft or worker on the Project site in order to verify payment of prevailing wage rates in accordance with Resolution No. 90-358. Prevailing wages shall comply with current rates and all updates in effect on the date of the first advertisement by the City Clerk of the "Notice InvitingL Sealed Bids". Contractor shall comply with Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contract Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code on prompt payment to subcontractors. SP-9 5-1.05 -- ' PAYROLL RECORDS The Contractor's attention is directed to the following provisions of Labor Code Section 1776. The Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance with these provisions by his subcontractors. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name address, social security number, work classification, straight time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with public work. Payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor. A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to such employee or his or her authorized representative on request. Each Contractor shall file a certified copy of the records with the Engineer on a weekly basis. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) for all his subcontractors, in addition to his own employees. Failure to submit the records enumerated in subdivision (a) on a timely basis shall constitute good and sufficient reason for withholding the partial payments for work accomplished. 5-1.06 EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES -- This Project is subject to State of California Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) requirements for apprentice employment. 5-1.07 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY -- Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to any person or damage to property resulting from any defects or obstruction occurring any time before Project completion and final acceptance, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of San Bernardino, the Mayor and Common Council, the City Manager, Director of Public Works and City Engineer, from all suits or actions of every name and description brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, by the Contractor, his servants or agents, in construction of the work or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, in improper materials used in its construction, by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, and so much of the money due the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by CITY may be retained by CITY until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages aforesaid. The Contractor, at its option, may include such coverage under Public Liability coverage. The City of San Bernardino, the Mayor and Common Council, the City Manager, the Director of Public Works, the City Engineer, and CITY staff, shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part thereof; or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the work; or for injury to any person or persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to any person or persons, either workers or the public; or for damage to adjoining property from any cause which might have been prevented by the Contractor, or his workers, or any one employed by him; against all of which injuries or damages to persons and property the Contractor, having control over such work, must properly guard. The Contractor shall not encroach on private property adjacent to this Project in any phase or Task Order of the construction without first obtaining a signed Right of Entry document from the property owner and submitting this Right of Entry to the Engineer for approval, prior to any entry or encroachment onto private property. , SP-10 If, in the opinion of the Engineer, precautions taken by Contractor are not safe or adequate at any time during the life of the Contract, the Engineer may order the Contractor to take further precautions, and if the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Engineer may order work done by others and charge the Contractor for the cost thereof, such cost to be deducted from any monies due, or becoming due, the Contractor. Failure of the Engineer to order such additional precautions, however, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full responsibility for public safety. 5-1.08 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS -- During progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered differing materially from those indicated in the Contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the Contract, are encountered, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before they are disturbed and before the affected work is performed. Upon written notification, the Engineer will investigate the conditions, and if the Engineer determines that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the Contract, an adjustment, excluding loss of anticipated profits, will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of his determination whether or not an adjustment of the Contract is warranted. Any Contract adjustment warranted due to differing site conditions will be made following the provisions in Section 3-4, "CHANGED CONDITIONS," of the Standard Specifications. 5-1.09 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND ARBITRATION -- The prevailing party in any legal action to enforce or interpret any provisions of this Agreement will be entitled to recover from the losing party all attorney fees, court costs and necessary disbursements in connection with that action. The costs, salary and expenses of the City Attorney and members of his office, in connection with that action, shall be considered as attorney's fees for the purposes of this Agreement. CALTRANS Standard Specifications Section 9-1.10 regarding Binding Arbitration is hereby specifically excluded from this Contract. 5-1.10 CITY BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE -- Contractor and its subcontractors warrant they possess, or shall obtain, and maintain during the term of this Agreement, business registration certificate(s) pursuant to Title 5 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code, and any and all other licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required of Contractor/ consultant/ vendor to practice its profession, skill or business. Contractor shall obtain a City of San Bernardino Business Registration at his/her own expense. SP-11 SECTION 6 6-1 GENERAL 6-1.01 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES -- Quantities stated in the Instructions to Bidders and Bid Schedule of these Special Provisions are estimates of annual usage for bid comparison purposes only. Specific Task Orders will be ordered as needed. There will be no negotiated change in the unit price for increases or decreases in the quantity of any work item, for any reason. 6-1.02 SOUND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS -- Sound control shall comply with Chapter 8.54 of the City of San Bernardino Municipal Code and these Special Provisions. The noise level from the Contractor's operations between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. shall not exceed 86 dbA at the distance of 50 feet. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise levels. Said noise level requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 6-1.03 NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS -- Contractor, without limitation, shall be responsible for providing and implementing Best Management Practices to comply with National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) standards and practices. All construction shall adhere to NPDES Best Management Practices to prevent deleterious materials or pollutants from entering CITY or County of San Bernardino's storm drain systems. Contractor shall submit an Erosion Control Plan (ECP) to the Engineer for approval, for each Task Order, whose cumulative ground disturbing (soil) activities are less than one acre (<1) in size. The ECP shall be prepared, sealed, and signed by a Professional Civil Engineer registered to practice in the State of California. The ECP must be amended from time to time during construction to reflect actual construction practices, and that each amendment must be made by, or under the direction of, the professional Engineer who prepared the ECP. The Contractor will be required to develop and submit a Task Order-specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), prepared by a Qualified SWPPP Developer, as defined by the Construction General Plan, when any Task Order is in aggregate greater than one (1) acre of ground (soil) disturbance in size. The SWPPP shall be developed, amended, and certified by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD). A QSD shall have one of the registrations or certifications listed in Section VII.B.1 of the CGP, and effective September 2, 2011, must have attended a State Water Board-sponsored or approved Qualified SWPPP Developer training Course. The SWPPP must include the information needed to demonstrate compliance with all the requirements of the CGP, for review, acceptance, and certification by the CITY prior to submittal of the PRDs (the SWPPP is a required component of the PRD electronic submittal package). No construction activity will be allowed for Task Orders governed by a SWPP, until City has received a Tracking Number(WDID) from the SWRCB. SP-12 The SWPPP shall be developed and updated using Section 2 and Appendix G of the California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook Web Portal for Construction. The CASQA Construction BMP Web Portal requires a subscription to be purchased from CASQA and can be accessed at the following link: http://www.casga.org/LeftNavigationBMPHandbooksPortal/tabid/200/Default.aspx Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of"NPDES ACTIVITIES," shall include, preparing, completing, and submitting an ECP and any associated documentation, preparing, completing, - and submitting a SWPPP and any associated documentation, amending and administering the ECP or SWPPP to conform to the Contractor's actual construction practices during his course of work and for the entire Contract duration, all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to accomplish the work complete and in place, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 6-1.04 EXTRA WORK AND MARKUP -- Any Extra Work done shall conform to the provisions of Section 3.3, "EXTRA WORK," of the Standard Specifications, subject to the restrictions of Section 20452 and 20455 of the Public Contract Code. However, equipment rental rates shall conform to State of California Business and Transportation agency, Department of Transportation, Division of Construction, "LABOR AND EQUIPMENT RENTAL RATES," latest Edition, unless the Extra Work is done for a negotiated price. A. Work by Contractor The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20% 2) Material 15% 3) Equipment Rental 15% 4) Other items and Expenditures 15% To the sum of costs and markups provided for in this subsection, compensation for bonding shall be at the rate specified by the bonding company. B. Work by Subcontractor When all or any part of the Extra Work is performed by a subcontractor, the markup established above shall be applied to the subcontractor's actual cost of such work, also a markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of$5,000.00 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by the Contractor. 6-1.05 HOLIDAYS, WORKING DAYS AND HOURS -- Contractor's activities shall be confined to the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, as defined herein. Deviation from these hours will not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property. No traveled lane shall be closed during rush hour (7:00 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.), unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate inspections with the Public Works Inspector 48 hours prior to any work being done during evenings, Fridays or Saturdays. ¢ SP-13 The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding working hours prior to start of construction. Designated legal Holidays are: January 1St, the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February, the last Monday in May, July 4th, the first Monday in September, November 12th, Thanksgiving Day and the Friday following, December 25th and the working day preceding or following (as directed by the Mayor and Common Council) and the last working day of the year. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be a designated legal holiday. When a designated legal holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be designated a legal holiday. 6-1.06 PAYMENTS -- Attention is directed to Section 9-3, "PAYMENT," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. No partial payment will be made for any materials which are furnished, but not incorporated into the work. 6-1.07 PROJECT APPEARANCE -- The Contractor shall maintain a neat appearance to the work including use of street sweeping. In any area visible to the public, the following shall apply: Broken concrete and debris developed during clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of concurrently with its removal. The Contractor is encouraged to recycle all materials. The Contractor shall provide the CITY all documents as to the weight of materials removed during excavations in accordance with the requirements of AB939. 6-1.08 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED OR REMOVED MATERIAL--- Unless otherwise specified, all excess excavation or removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by him away from the site of the work. 6-1.09 SURVEYING SERVICE -- The Contractor shall refer to the PROJECT LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS section at the back of these Special Provisions for California Land Surveyors Association (CLSA) and Consulting Engineers and Land Surveyors of California (CELSOC) survey monument preservation guidelines. CITY will provide to Contractor at time of issuance of Task Order, copies of all Survey Ties for Project or Projects within each Task order. The Contractor shall perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. This includes providing any survey work necessary to set grade for new or replacement roadway work, to reconstruct or retrofit curb ramps, replace curb and gutter, spandrels, cross gutters and drive approaches, to match existing non-disturbed sidewalk and curb and gutter at existing limits, and allow the continuous, uninterrupted flow of water off the roadway and into a drainage facility, existing gutter, swale or native soil. A California registered Civil Engineer licensed to perform surveying or a California registered Land Surveyor shall perform any surveying or staking, as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such SP-14 replacement shall be by the Contractor at the expense of the Contractor. In case of missing or incorrect ties, the Contractor's Surveyor shall restore ties as necessary at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit to the CITY a copy of all survey notes and a Certificate Record of Survey. All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method. All existing monumentation shall be tied and recorded prior to start of construction for each Task Order. Corner Records shall be filed, pre and post construction, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code (AB 1414). Final monumentation of alignments and new R/W lines shall be performed in accordance with the State of California Surveys Manual (latest edition). Record of Surveys or In-Lieu Maps, as applicable, shall be prepared and filed. One reproducible (Mylar) copy of all filed maps and one photocopy of all filed Corner Records or Records of Survey shall be delivered to the CITY within 30 days of such filings. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of"CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING," including preparation of survey documents, revisions to the survey documents, and all other related costs, including the construction, removal, and the furnishing of all necessary labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals and restoration of survey ties to comply fully with these Special Provisions, the CLSA, and as directed by the Engineer, and shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 6-1.10 CLAYTON ACT AND CARTWRIGHT ACT -- Section 4551 of the State Government Code specifies that in executing a public works Contract with the CITY to supply goods, services or materials, the Contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the CITY all rights, _ title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 commencing with Sec. 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code, arising from purchase of goods, services or materials pursuant to the Contract or subcontract. This assignment shall become effective when the CITY tenders final payment to the Contractor without further acknowledgement by the parties. 6-1.11 PROJECT ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INCONSISTENCIES, AND/OR DISCREPANCIES -- In the event of errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies among two or more portions of the Contract Documents, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to follow the most stringent requirements at no additional cost. `" If errors, omission, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies appear in the Contract Documents or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, and the Engineer shall issue appropriate instructions. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so affected, without instructions from the Engineer, the Contractor shall . remove the incorrect work or make the necessary corrections to comply with the Engineer's instructions at no cost to the CITY. " In case of conflicts, errors, omissions, inconsistencies, and/or discrepancies on any subsequent , Engineer-issued Plan Sheets, Exhibits or Drawings, it is assumed that the bid included the cost for implementing and/or constructing the discrepancy that would have the highest dollar value. SP-15 6-1.12 EMERGENCY INFORMATION -- The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their representatives, which can be reached and will respond to calls 24 hours/day, shall be filed with the City Engineer prior to beginning work. 6-1.13 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS -- Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing improvements and facilities in place to remain from the first day of work under this Contract to acceptance. The Contractor is responsible for replacing any damaged improvement or facility to original condition or better. 6-1.14 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY -- Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, County, and CITY laws, ordinances, regulations, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of the Contract Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. 6-1.15 SAFETY SUPERVISOR AND MEETINGS -- Contractor shall appoint an employee as safety supervisor who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the Safety Program. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to the commencement of work of the name of the person who will act as the Contractor's Safety Supervisor. The Contractor will, through and with his Safety Supervisor, ensure that all of its employees, and its subcontractors of any tier, fully comply with the Project Safety Policies. The Safety Supervisor shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor whose responsibility shall be for supervising compliance with applicable safety requirements on the work site and for developing and implementing safety training classes for all job personnel. The Contractor and its affected subcontractors shall attend safety coordination meetings, and minutes of their meetings shall be submitted to the Engineer. 6-1.16 MEETINGS -- Contractor shall attend weekly or as otherwise directed by the Engineer progress meetings at the Project site. In general, these meetings will be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or designee, and any subcontractors, suppliers, distributors or other concerned individuals with issues or items to discuss. Meeting minutes will be taken by the Engineer or designee. The meeting minutes will be available to the Contractor at the following weekly meeting. The Contractor shall be responsible to distribute the meeting minutes to all parties performing work under this Contract. The Engineer shall have the authority to require that a mandatory meeting be held at any time during normal work hours. These meetings shall be attended by the Contractor, the Engineer or designee, and any subcontractors specified by the Engineer. 6-1.17 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-16 SECTION 7 7-1 UTILITIES 7-1.01 GENERAL -- All below and above ground utility structures that may be affected by the work shall comply with Section 5, "UTILITIES," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. CITY has notified all known Utility companies and agencies within the Task Order areas, and shall provide (1) Copies of said Utility company contact information; and (2) all received Atlas Sheets, Plans, or As-builts, to Contractor, at time of issuance of Task Orders, for Contractor's information and use. Contractor is responsible for verifying contact information. Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately of any potential conflict. The Contractor shall match existing products, and is responsible for coordinating work with the utility owners. Certain companies, governmental agencies, or their Contractors may be working within the construction area. Certain utility facilities at various locations within the Project limits may be removed, relocated, abandoned, or installed by companies' or agencies' Contractors. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with utility owners and their Contractors. Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent damage to any utility facilities. 7-1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY -- The Contractor shall verify the location of all underground utilities and services, including potholing, before proceeding with the work, requesting in advance the services of inspectors from the utility companies in order to ascertain said locations. Damage to underground utilities resulting from neglect on the part of the Contractor shall be corrected and paid for by the Contractor. 7-1.03 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK -- The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-7, "COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK," of the Standard Specifications. 7-1.04 UTILITIES NOTIFICATION -- The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utilities seventy two (72) hours in advance of excavating around any of their facilities and substructures and shall also provide the same notice to Underground Service Alert of Southern California, telephone number 1/800/422-4133. 7-1.05 UTILITIES INTERFERENCE -- Utilities which are found, by exploratory location or by excavation, to interfere with the construction of any Task Order work under this Contract, shall be relocated, altered, or reconstructed, or the Engineer may order changes in location, line or grade of the Project structure,to be built in order to avoid said utility. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the utility owners, if so directed by the Engineer. Abandoned utilities, which interfere with the construction of any portion of this Contract, may be cut by the Contractor, the interfering portion of the utility removed and open ends of the pipe sealed with a suitable plug or cap. SP-17 Upon the occurrence of emergency events, such as gas leaks or electric power interruptions, wherein normal previous work day notification procedures may not be performed, "emergency notification" by the Contractor shall be submitted by emailing utilities@sbcity.org at the time utility crews are being dispatched. Additionally, if the event occurs during normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 am to 4:00 pm), a phone call to (909) 384-7272 (SBDIRECT) shall be made by the Contractor informing the Engineer, in addition to the email, of utility crews being mobilized for such work. Failure to do so may result in work stoppage, citation, or both. 7-1.06 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, not otherwise provided for, and shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-18 SECTION 8 8-1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 8-1.01 DESCRIPTION -- The work to be done consists, in general, of clearing and grubbing; remove and replace PCC ADA access ramps, curb, curb and gutter, and cross gutter and spandrels; wedge cut mill and roadway mill; remove and replace deteriorated asphalt concrete pavement (various thicknesses); crack fill and/ or seal, asphalt concrete overlay (various thicknesses); furnish and place untreated base materials; furnish and place AC Dike; street sweeping; application of temporary traffic striping and pavement markings; adjustment of existing utility frames and covers and City water utility enclosures; NPDES, ECP and SWPPP requirements; traffic control; survey marking and such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Bid and Contracting Documents, the Standard Specifications, or these Special Provisions, shall be performed,placed, constructed or installed. 8-1.02 SCOPE OF THE WORK FOR THIS CONTRACT -- This Contract is for pavement rehabilitation of various City of San Bernardino streets. Unless otherwise designated in these Bid and Contracting Documents, and to establish a baseline for comparison for Bidding purposes, the CITY expects up to approximately 47 pavement rehabilitation Projects, within Task Orders, to be assigned to the Contractor under the term of this Contract, with this being used to establish the unit quantities for all work items as listed within Bid Schedule No. 1. Further, the quantities for the respective bid items also have been sized to be roughly comparable to the rough estimated quantity for that particular work item that could reasonably be expected to be encountered within a Project or Projects area as noted therein, during the term of the Contract. Not all work items will be used on any particular Project; for instance, replacing AC Dike may only be necessary in a few locations or Projects, and the area of each Project will vary. While the CITY cannot guarantee such, (1) the CITY will endeavor to configure each Task Order such that work operations may be conducted in a continuous manner; and (2) the CITY will attempt to structure the work as so directed within each Task Order such that at least one day of work per work item (i.e., 1 paving crew, 1 flatwork crew, etc.) will be conducted. Task Orders may include (1) PCC flatwork; (2) asphalt concrete milling and paving; or both categories of work. Some work items that are traditionally considered as part of a pavement rehabilitation Contract, are not included within the Scope of this Contract. These work items will be undertaken by either a separate CITY-retained Contractor, or by CITY forces. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all of his work activities with CITY-retained Contractor(s), and CITY forces, insofar as such other Contracts or work activities are occurring within the same or adjacent work areas, and under the direction of the CITY. 8-1.03 CANDIDATE PROJECTS -- The CITY has budgeted the Projects in the following table as candidate Projects for this Contract. The CITY reserves the right to add, subtract or otherwise modify the scope and limits of the Projects listed within the table, to best correspond to the CITY's CIP needs, at the sole discretion of the CITY, as approved by the Mayor and Common Council. All Projects in the following table are pavement rehabilitation Projects which may or may not include PCC flatwork: SP-19 CIP No. Ward Project and limits Approx. Road SY Type* SS 11-010 6 California Street, from 19 Street to Washington Avenue 2,100 L/C SS 12-004 2 Waterman Avenue,from 13 Ih Street to Gilbert Street 11,100 A SS 12-013 6 Davidson Avenue, from 16'h Street to 19th Street 4,400 L/C SS 13-005 2 Baseline Street,from Arrowhead Avenue to Waterman Avenue 29,200 A SS 13-007 4 Electric Avenue,from 44th Street to 46th Street 2,600 L/C SS 13-008 4 Mt.View Avenue,from Electric Avenue to 40th Street 6,800 L/C SS 13-009 7 Mountain View Avenue,from 28 Street to SR-210 5,700 L/C SS 13-013 5 State Street,from University Parkway to Sheridan Road 14,100 L/C SS 13-014 6 Cajon Boulevard,from June Street to Devils Creek Diversion 15,500 A SS 13-022 1 Baseline Street,from Del Rosa Avenue to Alamo Street 1,300 A SS 13-032 3 Weir Road,from Washington Avenue to Waterman Avenue 13,600 L/C SS 13-034 6 Garner Avenue,from Baseline Street to 16th Street 12,000 L/C SS 13-035 6 Pico Avenue,from 9th Street to Olive Street 3,400 L/C SS 13-037 5 Sheridan Road,from State Street to Little Mountain Drive 19,600 L/C SS 13-039 6 Evans Street, from Medical Center Drive to Western Avenue 4,400 L/C SS 14-007 1 Tippecanoe Avenue,from Harry Sheppard Boulevard to 3d Street 21,000 A SS 14-008 1 Mill Street,from Waterman Avenue to Mill Street(Frontage Road) 14,600 A SS 14-010 5 University Parkway,from I-215 to North ark Boulevard 66,700 A SS 14-011 5 48h Street, from Little Mountain Drive to Magnolia Drive 3,400 A ' SS 14-013 6 Wilson Street,from 9t Street to Baseline Street 7,200 L/C SS 14-014 7 28.th Street,from Waterman Avenue to Valencia Avenue 8,300 L/C SS 14-015 7 28 Street, from"H"Street to Arrowhead Avenue 10,800 L/C SS 14-016 7 28 Street,from Arrowhead Avenue and Waterman Avenue 13,200 L/C SS 14-017 1 Arrowhead Avenue,from 7th Street to 9 Street 7,600 A SS 14-018 1 91 Street,from Tippecanoe Avenue to Del Rosa Avenue 13,200 A SS 14-019 1,2 Sierra Way,from 9 Street to Baseline Street 6,000 A SS 14-020 2 Del Rosa Avenue, from Del Rosa Drive to Highland Avenue 8,800 A _. SS 14-022 4,7 Harrison Street,from Lynwood Drive to 401 Street 28,500 A SS 14-023 5 Little Mountain Drive, from Kendall Drive to Michelle Lane 2,100 A SS 14-024 1 "G" Street, from 4h Street to 6th Street 7,600 A SS 14-025 1 8 Street, from Medical Center Drive to Mt. Vernon Avenue 10,600 L/C SS 14-026 1 Western Avenue,from Union Street to 9` Street 1,400 L/C SS 14-027 5 College Avenue, from Varsity Avenue to State Street 10,800 L/C SS 14-028 5,7 "F" Street,from 30th Street to 33` Street 5,900 L/C SS 14-029 5 Morgan Road,from State Street to Park Drive 6,100 L/C SS 14-030 1 Union Street, from Mt. Vernon Avenue to Western Avenue 5,700 L/C SS 14-032 5 Cambridge Avenue,from 48th Street to Universal Avenue 6,000 L/C SS 14-035 7 29 Street, from Waterman Avenue to Valencia Avenue 8,300 L/C SS 14-036 7 Broadmoor Boulevard,from 30 Street to Parkdale Street 18,000 L/C SS 14-038 5 "I" Street,from North ark Boulevard to 57 Street 5,100 L/C SS 14-040 1 Spruce Street,from Pico Avenue to Mt.Vernon Avenue 2,500 L/C ,,. SS 14-041 3 Eucalyptus Avenue,from Randall Avenue to Mill Street 9,600 L/C SS 15-003 1 "J" Street,from 8th Street to 11 Street 6,600 L/C SS 15-007 3 Airport Drive,from Commercenter East to Commercenter West 5,900 L/C SS 15-011 6 Rialto Avenue,from Meridian Avenue to Pepper Avenue 8,900 A SS 15-012 3 Brier Drive,from Gifford Avenue to Tippecanoe Avenue 15,300 A SS 15-017 1 1 "1" Street,from 14 Street to Evans Street 3,400 L/C • Road Type: "A"represents an Arterial(generally,four or more travel lanes);"L/C"represents Local, Residential or Collector(generally,two lane)roads. SP-20 The work to be done shall include furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, taxes and incidentals as required by the Contract Documents to construct the various Projects. 8-1.04 CONTRACT TERM -- The Public Works Department, Engineering Division, oversees pavement rehabilitation projects as part of the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for CITY streets. The Projects identified for pavement rehabilitation herein represent selected segments of streets throughout the CITY. This advertisement is for the purposes of receiving Bids with unit pricing for all items of Work as identified in the Bid Schedule, from highly qualified Contractors with experience in conducting roadway rehabilitation work. Through a competitive low bid based procurement process, the CITY intends to enter into a Contract with the most responsive and responsible Bidder, for roadway rehabilitation work, for a period not to exceed one year(twelve months), with up to a possible two (2) separate one year(twelve month) extensions, as approved by the CITY's Mayor and Common Council. 8-1.05 ORDER OF WORK -- the Order of Work shall generally include, after issuance of each Task Order and as directed by the Engineer: • Conduct mobilization activities including property owner notifications, utility locating, implementing Project(s) ECP, SWPPP and BMPs, securing all permits and licenses, and all coordination activities necessary with all other Contractors. • All designated demolition, clearing, grubbing and removals. • PCC flatwork; furnish and place untreated base materials; wedge cut mill and roadway mill, remove and replace deteriorated asphalt concrete pavement; crack fill/ seal, asphalt concrete overlay (various thicknesses); furnish and place AC Dike; street sweeping; application of temporary traffic striping and pavement markings; adjustment of existing utility frames and covers and City water utility enclosures; • Site clean-up and all demobilization activities. 8-1.06 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE -- To Subsection 7.8.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications, add the following: Dust control shall hereby be defined as the elimination and/or control of dirt, dust, mud and debris from propagating or spreading onto properties, private or public, adjacent to the Project(s) and Contractor's work areas. No separate payment will be made for any work performed or material used to control dust resulting from the Contractor's performance of the work, or by public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way. Construction activities will take place in fully developed residential neighborhoods, and commercial and industrial areas, with on street parking. Localized speed limits are posted from 25 to 55 mph. Dust Control shall be strictly enforced. Contractor shall at all times keep a water truck or other equipment at the job site in working order capable of performing dust control for the duration of the Contract period. Per Subsection 7.8.1, "General," of the Standard Specifications, Contractor is required to furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles a minimum of once each work day, when and where required for proper dust control, and as directed by the Engineer. Cost for furnishing and operating sweeper (including those instances in addition to the minimum requirements) SP-21 shall be included in the various Contract bid items of work involved, per Task Order, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Dust control shall be performed a minimum of four times a day for the duration of each Task Order in the Contract: twice in the morning and twice in the afternoon (time periods to be equally spaced), and as directed by the Engineer. Dust control performed by the Contractor in addition to the minimum daily requirement and at the direction of the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Performing the minimum dust control required by the Contract will in no way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for providing adequate dust control measures. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of "DUST CONTROL," including all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 8-1.07 DEVELOP WATER SUPPLY -- Work shall consist of developing a water supply and for furnishing and placing all water required for work done in the Contract, including water used for Extra Work. Full compensation for "DEVELOP WATER SUPPLY," and for furnishing and placing all water required for work done in the Contract, including Extra Work, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 8-1.08 PROJECT LOCATION -- the locations for the various Task Orders (Project or Projects) to be undertaken under the terms of this Contract are as identified herein and shall be as otherwise identified by the CITY. 8-1.09 APPROVED MATERIALS -- Whenever the expression "or Engineer- approved equal" is used, it shall be taken to mean the approval by the City Engineer of any substitution of material or material specified herein. All substitution requests shall state the reason for the request and the difference in price between the item specified and the requested substitution. All substitution requests shall be submitted to the City Engineer or designee in writing five (5) working days prior to the bid opening. No requests for substitutions will be considered by telephone. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval six (6) copies of all shop drawings. The Contractor shall make any corrections to shop drawings required by the Engineer. 8-1.10 CITY-FURNISHED MATERIALS -- CITY furnished material, when applicable as specified in other sections of these Special Provisions, shall comply with the following: SP-22 Materials, if furnished by the CITY, will be made available as specified in these Special Provisions. The Contractor is responsible for loading, unloading, hauling and handling, and placing CITY-furnished materials. The Contractor shall inspect and assure itself of the amount and soundness of such materials. The Contractor will be held responsible for all materials furnished to it, and shall pay all demurrage and storage charges. CITY-furnished materials that are lost or damaged from any cause whatsoever shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable to the CITY for the cost of replacing CITY-furnished material and such costs may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. SP-23 SECTION 9 9-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL 9-1.01 GENERAL — The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-10, "PUBLIC CONVIENENCE AND SAFETY," of the Standard Plans for Public Works Construction and these Special Provisions. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience to the public or businesses in the vicinity of the Work. The Contractor shall have no greater length or quantity of Work under construction than can be properly prosecuted with a minimum of inconvenience to the public and other contractors engaged in adjacent or related work. The Contractor shall provide continuous and unobstructed access to the adjacent properties unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not close more than two (2) traffic lanes at a time. Traffic lane closures shall conform to the requirements of the approved Traffic Control Plan. Traffic lane closures shall only be permitted between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on designated working days during times of active construction operations. Traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work site, unless otherwise shown on the Traffic Control Plan. Safe, adequate, and ADA compliant pedestrian access shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 9-1.02 WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL - Work area traffic control shall conform to the latest edition of the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The total length of traffic control zone shall include a buffer space, advance signing, striping transitions in advance of the Work site, existing striping, signing, and raised medians. 9-1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - The Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans depicting layouts, methods, and devices that will be used to satisfy these Special Provisions. Traffic Control Plans shall be provided for each phase of the Work for each Project or Projects within each Task Order. Following receipt of each draft Task Order, the Contractor shall submit two copies of the proposed Traffic Control Plans to the Engineer. The Contractor shall incorporate into the Traffic Control Plans any modifications requested by the Engineer. 9-1.04 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of "TRAFFIC CONTROL," including furnishing, installing, modifying, moving, reposting, maintaining and removing signs, lights, flares, barricades, providing and modifying a traffic control plan to meet Contractor's operations, traffic control devices, resident notifications of pending work, all as necessary to expedite passage of public and pedestrian traffic through the work areas, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-24 SECTION 10 10-1 MOBILIZATION 10-1.01 GENERAL -- Mobilization shall comply with requirements of Section 9-3.4, "MOBILIZATION," of the Standard Specifications, and shall not be limited to the following: 1. Submittal and modification, as required, of the Construction Schedule covering each Task Order (Project or Projects)under this Contract; 2. Providing a Project Office,when directed by the Engineer. 3. Review of the work sites. 4. Obtaining all required Permits. 5. Submittal required insurance certificates and bonds as required by these Special Provisions. 6. Written notification to adjacent property owners/residents prior to start of work. 7. Moving onto the sites, including, but not limited to (1) Equipment; and (2) Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage areas. 8. Installing construction fencing and temporary construction power and wiring. 9. Providing a minimum of one restroom facility for each twenty-five (25) workers occupying the site. Facilities may include existing functioning restrooms, or portable chemical facilities, or any combination thereof, and shall count as one for each urinal or one for each water closet (as required). 10. Installing all temporary utilities (as required). 11. Establishing required fire protection provisions. 12. Posting all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 13. Posting of all Department of Labor notices. 14. Having Contractor's superintendent at job sites full-time and responding 24 hours per day. 15. Air and water quality protective measures, as necessary, and without limitation. 16. Potholing, research and review as necessary to verify site conditions and utility locations. 17. Cooperation and coordination with other CITY-retained Contractors, CITY forces, conducting complementary or appurtenant work associated with the Project, or within the same Project area. 18. Clean up and demobilization of the work sites. 19. Any other item as specified. The cost of bonds, insurance, move in and move out costs, preparation and submission of submittals, obtaining encroachment permits, and miscellaneous incidental costs, shall be included in the Bid Item provided for mobilization and demobilization and incidental project costs as a Lump Sum item, for which 75 percent (75%) will be eligible for inclusion in the first progress payment, with the remaining 25 percent (25%) not eligible for inclusion until 100 percent (100%) of the work has been completed and if progress of the work is satisfactory. No work shall be started without prior approval of the submittals. Failure to comply with the preceding requirement will be sufficient ground for the Engineer to stop all work on the Project until the requirements are met. 10-1.02 NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS -- Contractor shall notify in person and with printed notification (in English and Spanish language), at least ten (10) working days prior to commencing work, all agencies, firms, institutions, postal service, hospitals, schools, stores, utilities and waste disposal services fronting or affected by the respective Task Order (Project or Projects) work. All schools and churches shall receive seven (7) working days notification prior to performing any work SP-25 which will restrict property access. Printed notification (m English and Spanish language) shall be posted not less than seven (7) calendar days prior to performing any work which will close or partially close a street, or for any lane closures. Printed notification (in English and Spanish language) shall be posted not less than forty-eight (48) hours prior to performing work which will restrict general property access, or restrict or disallow street parking. Contractor shall coordinate with waste disposal companies to ensure that waste disposal collection continues, the postal service to ensure delivery of mail, and churches for weekly or special activities, to ensure his activities impact adjacent uses to the least practicable amount. The printed notices shall contain a general description of the work to be done and the date that the work is to be done. The notices shall also include a statement that parking will be restricted as called for on the "NO PARKING" signs to be posted along the street. All public notices shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to distribution. Contractor shall also post printed "NO PARKING-TOW AWAY" signs at one-hundred-foot (100') maximum spacing along each side of the affected street for forty-eight (48) hours prior to the commencement of the street improvement work. Contractor shall document the day, date and time the "NO PARKING" signs were posted. The signs shall contain the day, date, hours and vehicle code, upon which parking will be prohibited on that particular street, CVC 22651L and CVC 22654D. The signs shall be removed immediately upon completion of work that will prohibit parking. The printed notices and the "NO PARKING" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor. p 10-1.03 PAYMENT — Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of "MOBILIZATION," including costs for all the work in advance of construction operations as defined within this Section, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. ' a SP-26 SECTION 11 11-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 11-1.01 GENERAL -- Clearing and grubbing shall comply with Section 300-1, "CLEARING AND GRUBBING," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Clearing and grubbing shall include, but not be limited to the following items as identified within these Bid and Contracting Documents, or as directed by the Engineer: 1. Removal and replacement or removal, capping and disposal, of removed landscape irrigation works, where encountered and interfering with the work, and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Removal and disposal of interfering portions of trees, shrubs, plants, turf, miscellaneous vegetation, weeds or other local features that interfere with the prosecution of the work, as directed by the Engineer, including vegetative growth in cracks and joints in the street, etc.). Removal of weeds and unwanted growth, as determined by the Engineer, as part of grade to drain work, is included within this item. Contractor is to limit his removal of existing landscaping to the greatest extent possible, again, except for vegetative growth within the street and public travelled way otherwise to be removed. 3. Removal and clean up of work area trash during the course of each Task Order (Project or Projects) under this Contract. 4. Removal and clean up of all traffic stripes, crosswalks and pavement markings by micro- grinding, or wet sandblasting, as directed by the Engineer. 5. Vegetation spraying within the Project limits. 6. Removal, salvage and delivery to the CITY yard existing signs and posts, as directed by the Engineer. 7. Removal, salvage and reinstallation, of existing signs and posts, mailboxes and other surface culture, as directed by the Engineer. Nothing in these Special Provisions shall relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities as provided in Section 7-10, "PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY," of the Standard Specifications. Vegetation spraying shall be used to kill all growth, including brush, grass and weeds emanating from the pavement, gutter or sidewalk through cracks or joints. A minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to any work performed on the pavement, vegetation shall be sprayed with a systemic contact-type herbicide for broadleaves or grasses, such as "RoundUp Pro," manufactured by Monsanto Chemical, or equal approved by the Engineer. The application of the herbicide shall be performed in accordance with all applicable regulations. Any and all fines or clean-up costs for unlawful misuse or discarding of herbicides shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Mixtures and spread rates for the herbicides shall be determined by the manufacturer's specifications. SP-27 Wash down of equipment or discarding of herbicides shall not be allowed to enter catch basins or positive drainage facilities. All removed materials, not specifically requested to be salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with Section 300- 2.2, "Unsuitable Material," and Section 300-2.6, "Surplus Material," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall deliver salvaged material to the City Yard, at 234 South Mountain View Avenue, San Bernardino, CA 92404. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer at (909) 322-5740, 48 hours prior to hauling. The Contractor shall provide equipment, as required, to safely load and unload the salvaged materials. 11-1.02 PAYMENT -- The Contract bid price paid for "CLEARING AND GRUBBING," shall be considered as full compensation for providing all the labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) location, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-28 SECTION 12 12-1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 12-1.01 GENERAL -- Unclassified excavation shall comply with Section 300-2, "UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Unclassified excavation shall apply to removal of portions of the pavement and underlying sub- base/ subgrade materials, at the locations designated by the Engineer, to design grade, or as otherwise specified in the field by the Engineer, and shall conform to the Standard Specifications. The areas directed for removal and replacement of existing pavement, where defined, or where directed by the Engineer, may be sawcut and removed, or milled and removed, as approved by the Engineer. Where directed by the Engineer, additional asphalt concrete or underlying sub-base/ subgrade shall be removed to correct a subsurface problem. For those portions of the pavement to be removed and replaced, per these Special Provisions, and where directed by the Engineer, pavement removal is to be to the underlying sub base or subgrade, as is applicable. The Contractor shall provide all unclassified excavation necessary for the street paving, as described in these Special Provisions. Excess and/or unsuitable materials shall be removed from the work sites by the Contractor. This work items shall also include grading areas where Asphalt concrete and Portland cement concrete pavement and/or sub-base/ subgrade materials have been removed, per these Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. Asphalt shall be removed to clean straight lines before replacement to ensure that all areas are accessible to equipment used to compact replacement material. The areas and quantities per these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer are given only for the Contractor's aid in planning the work and preparing bids. The Engineer shall designate the limits to be removed and these designated areas shall be considered to take precedent over the areas shown on any subsequent Plans, Exhibits or Drawings provided by the Engineer. No guarantee is made that areas or quantities shown will equal the areas or quantities designated by the Engineer. At the end of each day, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an itemized list of the removal areas, the individual cubic yard removal volumes, and the total volume of the removal areas completed for that day. No payment shall be made for areas of over excavation unless previously approved by the Engineer. All removed materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of outside of the right-of-way in accordance with Section 300-2.2, "Unsuitable Material," and Section 300-2.6, "Surplus Material," of the Standard Specifications. This work items includes disposal of any surplus materials not incorporated into the work. SP-29 All embankments and subgrades shall be compacted in accordance with Section 300-4.7, "Compaction," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 12-1.02 STOCKPILES -- Contractor shall be responsible for locating and securing permission to use any site it deems necessary for the stockpiling of materials. Prior to placing any materials on private property, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written permission from the property owner for such stockpiling. Where stockpile sites are located in areas adjacent to residential or noise sensitive areas, the Contractor shall take measures to minimize construction related noise during the early A.M. hours, which may include performing preparatory operations for the following day's work on the night before. The Contractor shall conduct its operations in these areas to conform to the sound control requirements located elsewhere within these Special Provisions. Necessary precautions, including preparatory cleaning of stockpile sites and covering stockpiles, shall be taken as required to ensure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. All materials deposited shall be done in an orderly manner, minimizing the space required and progressing from the farthest corner of the site to the access point. The stockpiles shall be kept in areas that readily drain. Stockpiles shall be physically separated and deliveries shall be monitored and controlled to prevent mixing of materials or aggregates. The stockpile areas shall be thoroughly cleaned, removing all excess material and all material contaminated by spilled oil, and left with a neat, orderly appearance upon completion of operations in that area. 12-1.03 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of "UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION," including providing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, sawcutting and/or milling/ planing if approved by the Engineer, disposal of removed materials including any sub-base/ subgrade, all requirements associated with stockpiling and stockpile areas, grade to drain and disposal of surplus materials and for doing all the work involved for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work site under this Contract, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the Contract price paid for the various bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. ow Costs of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for as follows: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. SP-30 SECTION 13 13-1 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 13-1.01 GENERAL -- Unclassified fill shall comply with Section 300-4, "UNCLASSIFIED FILL," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Placing of fill materials shall be in accordance with Section 300-4.2, "Preparation of Fill Areas," and Section 300-4.5, "Placing Materials for Fills," of the Standard Specifications. All embankments and subgrades shall be compacted in accordance with Section 300-4.7, "Compaction," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Imported borrow material shall conform to the provisions of Section 300-3.5.1, "Requirements," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall provide all unclassified fill necessary for street paving, as described in these Special Provisions. Excess and/or unsuitable materials shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. Unclassified fill shall include disposal of surplus materials not incorporated into the work. Where unclassified fill and grading is necessary in preparation for laying concrete or asphalt concrete, it shall be made with clean material which shall be solidly compacted to avoid future settlement. Outside the traveled way, in areas to receive concrete, soil shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. Backfill under the traveled way shall be compacted to a relative compaction of a minimum of 95% per CITY Std. No. 310. Embankments outside the traveled way, in areas not to receive concrete or asphalt concrete pavement shall be compacted to a relative density of not less than 90%. 13-1.02 PAYMENT -- Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of "UNCLASSIFIED FILL," including providing all materials, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals, for doing all the work involved in placing and compacting unclassified fill, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work site under this Contract, including grade to drain where directed by the Engineer, and disposal of surplus materials not incorporated into the work, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer, and shall be considered as included in the various Contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid as follows: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. SP-31 SECTION 14 14-1 ASPHALT CONCRETE 14-1.01 GENERAL -- Asphalt concrete shall comply with the requirements of Section 203-6, "ASPHALT CONCRETE," and Section 302-5, "ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Performance Grade of asphalt concrete shall be PG 64-10. Where dense graded asphalt is being constructed in two or more layers, asphalt concrete pavement for the base course shall be B-PG 64- 10. Where dense graded asphalt is being constructed in a single layer or for a finishing course or asphalt concrete overlay, asphalt concrete pavement shall be C2-PG 64-10. A tack coat shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the street shall be paved back by the Contractor no later than seven (7) calendar days after the pavement milling work has been completed. Contractor shall construct temporary Asphalt concrete ramp(s) to provide a smooth transition for vehicles at all transverse cold mill areas. Ramps shall be full width or as otherwise approved by the Engineer and are to be placed on the same day as the cold mill operation and shall be removed prior to placement of the permanent Asphalt concrete material. 14-1.02 PAVEMENT REPAIR -- shall comply with the requirements for "ASPHALT CONCRETE," and "UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION," as specified herein, or as directed by the Engineer. The existing localized portions of failed pavement structural section, when directed by the Engineer, shall be completely removed (remove Asphalt concrete pavement to reach underlying aggregate base material/ structural section material). Where removals are in an area that is to be milled, the removals are to be done after milling operations, and shall provide for a minimum placement of asphalt pavement as directed by the Engineer, once underlying sub base or subgrade is compacted to 95% relative compaction. For bidding purposes, Contractor is to assume pavement repair areas will be a minimum of 4'by 4' in size. Backfill for trenching under the traveled way shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 95% per City Standard Plan No. 310. Aggregate base, crushed, shall comply with requirements of Section 200-2, "UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS," and Section 301-2, "UNTREATED BASE," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, for crushed aggregate base. Crushed rock for aggregate base shall be 3/4-inch. 14-1.03 MISCELLANEOUS PAVING -- Miscellaneous paving work shall include localized miscellaneous areas whereby Engineer directs Contractor to conduct paving operations for small areas. 14-1.04 AC LEVELING COURSE -- Placement of an AC Leveling Course shall include locations, as direct3ed by the Engineer, whereby the Contractor furnishes and places a variable thickness AC leveling course. For bidding purposes, Contractor is to assume the AC Leveling Course shall be an average of one inch(1")thick. SP-32 14-1.05 ASPHALT CONCRETE DIKE -- Asphalt concrete dike shall conform to the provisions outlined in Standard Plans For Public Works Construction Plan No. 120-2, Type D1-8. Asphalt concrete dike shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. 14-1.06 CRACK FILLING (ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS -- within each roadway's Project limits, all longitudinal and transverse cracks wider than 1/4" shall be cleaned and filled with a hot-applied rubberized asphalt sealant, prior to placement of Asphalt concrete pavement overlay. The Engineer shall have the final determination as to which cracks shall be filled. Crack filling shall not take place until after all milling/ planing operations for the roadway have been completed. Heat hot-applied crack treatment material in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, and comply with the manufacturer's application instruction. Crack filling material shall be rubberized crack seal by "Crafco," or Engineer-approved equal. The entire limits of the roadway shall be machine swept within 24 hours prior to crack treatment. Vegetation removal prior to crack cleaning shall be as specified in "CLEARING AND GRUBBING," of these Special Provisions. Cracks must be cleaned out and dry before treating. Before treating, blast cracks with oil-free compressed air at a pressure of at least 90 psi. If the pavement temperature is below 40 °F or if there is evidence of moisture in the crack, use a ' hot air lance immediately before applying crack treatment. The hot air lance must not apply flame directly on the pavement. Cracks greater than 1/4" inch wide to 1-1/2" wide, shall be cleaned full depth by blowing operations prior to applying sealant. If after 2 days the crack treatment is more than 1/4 inch below the } specified level, the sealant fails, or the crack re-opens, re-treat the crack. Cracks greater than 1-1/2" wide shall be cleaned full depth by routing and blowing operations. A tack coat must be applied to the edges and then fill the crack with a fine asphalt concrete hot mix approved for skin patch and compacted level with the top of adjacent pavement. Immediately remove crack treatment material spilled or deposited on the pavement. Before opening to traffic, apply sand or the manufacturer's recommended detackifying agent to tacky crack treatment material within the traveled way. Sweep excess sand before opening to traffic. Sand applied to tacky crack treatment material must be clean, free of clay, and comply with: Sand Gradation Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 50 0 - 30 .. No. 200 0 - 5 14-1.07 TACK COAT -- Tack coat shall be applied in compliance with Sub-Section 302- 5.4, "Tack Coat," of the Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. 14-1.08 ADJUST CITY-OWNED UTILITY FRAME AND COVER AND WATER VALVE COVER, TO GRADE -- Adjusting utility frames and covers to grade after completion of - SP-33 paving shall be in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.6 "Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade," of the Standard Specifications, SECTION 46, "ADJUST UTILITY FRAME AND COVER TO GRADE," of these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Adjusting water valve covers to grade after completion of paving shall be in accordance with SECTION 25, "ADJUSTMENT OF WATER FACILITIES," of these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All debris and foreign material shall be removed from the cover in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.6, "Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade," of the Standard Specifications. Pavement surrounding frames and covers shall meet the smoothness requirement specified in Sub-Section 302-5.8, "Manholes (and other structures),"of the Standard Specifications. 14-1.09 ADJUST NON-CITY UTILITY FRAME AND COVER/VAULT -- Others shall Adjust non-city utility frame and cover/vault frames and covers to grade after completion of paving. 14-1.10 SOIL STERILANT -- The Contractor shall submit a proposal for a pre-emergent herbicide soil sterilant, with dye, and approved for use in California, to the Engineer for review and approval. The Contractor shall provide proof of registration for use in California which can be verified by accessing the California Department of Pesticide Regulation website at: http://www.cdpr.ca.gov/docs/label/labelque.htm#regprods Review and approval by the Engineer of the soil sterilant to be used on this Contract is for administration purposes only and does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for providing and applying a suitable State registered soil sterilant in quantities and rates sufficient for its intended purpose. Contractor shall apply soil sterilant using spray equipment that provides good mechanical agitation and even coverage of the area to be treated. Spray equipment shall be calibrated before material is applied. The Engineer shall be the sole evaluator of the effectiveness of the spray equipment before and during sterilant application, and the Engineer's decision concerning the use of the equipment on this Contract shall be final. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the sterilant applicator and application is not sufficient for the job, the Contractor shall immediately adjust, repair, or replace the spray equipment (and/or rate of application)to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense. Contractor shall apply soil sterilant to the area(s) to be covered by asphalt concrete pavement, as directed by the Engineer. Soil sterilant shall be applied at the rate specified by the manufacturer for the intended purpose, and repeated, as necessary, as recommended by the manufacturer. Great care shall be taken to apply soil sterilant to the designated areas only. Asphalt concrete may only be placed after proper application and placement of soil sterilant and only as recommended by the manufacturer. It should be noted that some manufacturers require more than one soil sterilant application separated by a specific time period to be effective. The dye shall not stain concrete or masonry where visible. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Soil Sterilant shall be considered as included in Contract bid price paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-34 14-1.11 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Ton for "CONSTRUCT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT OVERLAY," "AC LEVELING COURSE," and "MISCELLANEOUS AC PAVING," thickness and roadway type per Bid Schedule, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, sweeping roadway prior to crack treatment, for cleaning, providing materials and filling cracks greater than 1/4" width, furnishing, placement and compaction of Asphalt concrete, sand for tackifying operations, sweeping excess sand, tack coat, adjustment of utility frames and covers to grade, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, as required, replacing survey markers in new pavement, forms, formwork and its disposal, all complete in place, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contract unit bid price paid per Square Foot for"PAVEMENT REPAIR," Asphalt concrete pavement thickness and roadway type per Bid Schedule, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, Asphalt concrete, and for doing all the work involved in sawcutting and removing, or milling and removing existing Asphalt concrete pavement structural section as required, disposal of removed materials, furnishing and supplying, scarifying, placing and compacting existing or Contractor supplied underlying base or subgrade materials to bring subgrade/ sub base to grade to support new pavement placement, furnishing, placing and compacting pavement material, sweeping roadway prior to crack treatment, cleaning out all cracks, furnishing and installing crack sealing sand for tackifying operations, sweeping excess sand, tack coat, adjustment of utility frames and covers to grade, replacing survey markers in new pavement, for each Task Order Project or Projects) work area, all complete in place, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The CONTRACT unit bid price paid per Lineal Foot for "ASPHALT CONCRETE DIKE," shall constitute full compensation for tools, labor, equipment, materials and incidentals, for furnishing and placing materials required to complete the dike, including cleaning of the asphalt surfacing, applying tack coat, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, per these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of"CRACK FILLING/ SEALING (UP TO 1- 1/2" WIDE CRACK)," including all tools, labor, equipment, materials and incidentals, for cleaning out all cracks, furnishing and installing crack sealing materials and sand for tackifying operations, sweeping excess sand, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) work area, per these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the various Contract bid items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: ' 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. Adjusting water valve enclosures to grade following the Contractor's paving operations shall be considered as included in the Contract unit bid price paid per Each for "ADJUST EXISTING WATER VALVE COVER TO GRADE," and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-35 SECTION 15 15-1 UNTREATED BASE (PATCHING&FLATWORK) 15-1.01 GENERAL -- Untreated Base shall comply with requirements of Section 200-2, "Untreated Base Materials," and Section 301-2, "Untreated Base," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Untreated base shall be used where directed by the Engineer to correct a subsurface problem. Delete Section 301-2.4, "Measurement and Payment," of the Standard Specifications, and substitute the following: Full compensation for "UNTREATED BASE (PATCHING & FLATWORK)," shall include but not be limited to furnishing, placing and compacting all the materials required under all Asphalt concrete pavement and other flatwork in the Project, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, shall be considered as included in the Contract unit bid price paid per Ton, for each Project area, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Cost of compaction testing ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for in the following manner: 1. Tests which do not meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the Contractor, as a deduction from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay the price at the same rate that the CITY is charged by the testing soils lab. 2. Tests which do meet the required relative compaction shall be paid for by the CITY. SP-36 SECTION 16 16-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 16-1.01 GENERAL -- Portland cement concrete construction shall comply with Section 201-1, "PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE," and Section 303-5, "CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS AND DRIVEWAYS," of the Standard Specifications, CITY Standard Plans, SPPWC Standard Plans, CALTRANS Standard Plans and CALTRANS Special Provisions, these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. In the course of the work. Contractor will be removing existing roadway features as well as resident—4 landscape and irrigation works. Contractor is to re-establish irrigation works and any hardscape damaged by Contractor's forces beyond the limits of the work so that the irrigation works remain functional and hardscape is joined in kind to the new work. Delete the third paragraph of Subsection 201-1.1.2, "Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class," of the Standard Specifications, and replace with the following: Portland cement concrete for all flatwork shall be Class 560-C-3250, with a maximum slump of four inches (4"), except that Contractor may substitute Class 520-C-2500 for sidewalk work only. 16-1.02 PCC CURB & GUTTER -- Portland cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed in accordance with CITY Standard Plan 200, Type "A" or Type B," as directed by the Engineer. The width of the gutter shall match the width of the adjacent gutter segment. 16-1.03 PCC CURB -- Portland cement concrete curb shall be constructed in accordance with CITY Standard Plan 200, Type "A," as directed by the Engineer. 16-1.04 PCC CROSS GUTTER -- Portland cement concrete cross gutter, 72" wide, or portions thereof, and curb and spandrels, shall be constructed in accordance with CITY Standard Plan 201, and as directed by the Engineer. 16-1.05 PCC CURB RAMP -- Portland cement concrete curb ramp shall be constructed in accordance with Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (SPPWC) Standard Plan No. 111-5, and as directed by the Engineer. This work item includes grinding and disposal of all or portions of existing PCC curb, to accommodate construction of a PCC curb ramp, or the removal and construction of depressed PCC curb and gutter, in lieu of grinding existing PCC curb and gutter. Also included is the removal and replacement of one PCC panel, each approach, if required to construct a curb access ramp that meets ADA requirements. The above-referenced Standard Plans are included in the APPENDIX and made a part of these Special Provisions by reference. All work shall conform to the above standards to the extent feasible; SP-37 however, emphasis p s shall be given to matching dimensions of adjoining improvements, subject to concurrence of the Engineer. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify ramp-type selection and geometrics, with concurrence from the Engineer, at every curb ramp location, before Proceeding to remove existing improvements. No removals shall be done until it has been determined by the Contractor that a curb ramp can be installed that will meet current ADA requirements and SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-5. Corner record transit ties shall be performed and recorded prior to existing removals. The Contractor shall be responsible for modifying traffic signal and highway lighting conduit and conductors when adjusting pull boxes in curb ramp areas. Adjustments to pull boxes may be adjusting to grade, or translational (relocations) within the allowable conduit slack for each interfering pull box. Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of any pull boxes and/or pull box covers damaged in any way by his forces, during the construction Contract. Contractor shall also protect in place all utility poles, traffic signal poles and their foundations, pole mounted traffic signal pushbuttons and their foundations, and traffic signal controller boxes and their foundations, including forming concrete surrounding their foundations, when such foundatiows are within the area of placement of a new access ramp. The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and facilities which are adjacent to the limits of the work to be done under this Contract, in accordance with Section 7-9, "PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Grading required to meet the lines and grades for placement of Portland cement concrete '' shall be as required in Unclassified Excavation and Unclassified Fill elsewhere within these Special Provisions. 16-1.06 MODIFY EXISTING CURB RAMP -- Contractor shall modify existing Portland cement concrete curb ramps, where and as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include grind the lip at the bottom of existing curb ramps, flush with the existing PCC gutter flow line, for the full width of the ramp bottom, and installation of a minimum 3' X 4' detectable warning surface (truncated domes) per SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-5 and these Special Provisions. At Contractor's option, Contractor may choose to remove and replace any or all of the PCC curb ramps per these Special Provisions, directed by the Engineer to be modified, in lieu of modifying the ramps as identified herein. There shall be no change in the unit price for each curb ramp, should Contractor elect to replace rather than modify any/all such ramps. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify that the new curb ramp, if Contractor elects to replace the existing ramp in lieu of modifying the existing ramp, will meet current ADA requirements, prior to initiating any removal work on the existing curb ramps. There will be no payment of any kind for curb ramps, that Contractor elects to replace, that do not meet current ADA Standards and SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-5. 16-1.07 BONDING -- Joints between new and existing concrete shall be given surface preparation made with the mass of existing concrete by cutting, chipping, or grinding shall be cleaned free of all loose deleterious material by thorough brooming and compressed air jetting. Original surfaces or existing concrete shall be cleaned free of bitumens, grease, paint, and other deleterious materials and clean aggregate of at least 3/8-inch size shall be exposed by rock hammer abrasive blast cleaning or machine scarifying. SP-38 16-1.08 DRILL AND BOND DOWEL -- Connecting new/ replacement PCC flatwork to existing PCC flatwork, shall comply with Section 40-2.03, "Dowel Bars," of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Chemical adhesive for drilling and bonding dowel bars shall comply with Section 40-2.05, "Chemical Adhesive," of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications. Drill and bond dowel bars are directed to be placed per these Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer, into clean drilled holes in compliance with the chemical adhesive manufacturer's instructions. Holes shall be dry at the time of placing the chemical adhesive and dowel bars. Immediately after inserting the dowel bars into the chemical adhesive, support the dowel bars to prevent movement during curing. Leave the supported dowel bars undisturbed until chemical adhesive has cured a minimum time instructed by the manufacturer. If the Engineer rejects dowel bars, drill new holes adjacent to the rejected holes, place new dowel bars, and securely bond to the concrete. Doweled bars are to be a minimum of 12" in length, placed a minimum of 3" into existing PCC curb, and at a spacing of 4'-0" on center, or a minimum of 2 doweled bars equally spaced per replacement flatwork section, if the replacement section is less than 4' in length. Dowel Bars shall be #4 bar reinforcing steel. Epoxy sealant shall be used to connect the replacement PCC gutter to the existing PCC curb, and shall be Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod (high modulus, high strength, epoxy bonding/ grouting adhesive) epoxy bond, or Engineer-approved equal. Epoxy bond shall be applied to the face of the existing PCC flatwork as per manufacturer's recommendations. 16-1.09 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Each for "PCC CURB RAMP," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing Portland cement concrete curb ramps, including saw cutting and removal of existing concrete, grinding and disposing of all or of portions of existing PCC curb and gutter and sidewalk to accommodate curb ramps, or the removal and construction of depressed PCC curb and gutter, in lieu of grinding existing PCC curb and gutter, removal and replacement of one approach sidewalk panel, from one or both directions as necessary to construct a new curb ramp that meets ADA requirements, adjusting valves, meters and traffic pull boxes to grade, restoring irrigation system, removing and restoring hardscape and landscape, any unclassified excavation and/or unclassified fill, furnishing and placing Portland cement concrete, asphalt concrete repair, complete in place to meet existing, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, per CITY Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, SPPWC Standard Plans, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contract unit bid price paid per Linear Foot for "PCC CURB AND GUTTER," and "PCC CURB," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing Portland cement concrete curb and curb and gutter, including saw cutting and removal of existing concrete, adjusting valves, meters and traffic pull boxes to grade, restoring irrigation system, removing and restoring hardscape and landscape, any unclassified excavation and/or unclassified fill, furnishing and placing Portland cement concrete, asphalt concrete repair, complete in place to meet existing, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, per CITY Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, SPPWC Standard Plans, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-39 The Contract unit bid price paid per Square Foot for cc PCC CROSS GUTTER WITH SPANDRELS," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing Portland cement concrete cross gutter and appurtenant spandrels, saw cutting and removal of existing concrete, pavement and interfering portions of cross gutters, adjusting water valves and traffic pull boxes to grade, restoring irrigation system, performing unclassified excavation and unclassified fill, asphalt concrete repair, furnishing and placing Portland cement concrete, for each Task Order(Project or Projects) work area, per CITY Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contract unit bid price paid per Each for "MODIFY EXISTING CURB RAMP," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved, including grinding the lip of existing curb ramp and disposal of existing concrete, furnishing and installing detectable warning surface, or at Contractor's option, complete removal and replacement of ramp in lieu of modifications as specified herein, complete in place, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, per SPPWC Standard Plans, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. There will be "No Payment" of any kind for any modified curb ramp that Contractor elects to replace at his option when replaced ramp does not meet current ADA Standards and SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-5. Asphalt concrete that is used to fill the voids remaining after the Contractor's PCC work operations (the area that is left after removing concrete forms from gutter, curbs, cross gutters, spandrels, a , driveway approaches, etc.) shall be considered as included in the various Contract bid items of work involved, per Task Order (Project or Projects), and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The cost to re-establish irrigation works and any hardscape impacted or damaged by Contractor H forces beyond the limits of the work is to be included in the various Contract items of work involved, per Task Order(Project or Projects), and no additional compensation is to be allowed therefore. SP-40 SECTION 17 17-1 COLD MILLING 17-1.01 GENERAL -- Cold milling operations shall be performed in accordance with Section 300-1.3, "Removal and Disposal of Materials," and Section 302-1, "COLD MILLING OF EXISTING PAVEMENT," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Existing asphalt concrete shall be milled at the locations and to the dimensions as included in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The cold milling machine shall have a cutter head at least 30 inches wide and shall be operated so as not to produce fumes or smoke. The rotor teeth shall cut in an upward direction as to the direction of travel reducing the size of material until the desired gradation has been achieved. The depth, width, and shape of the cut shall be as directed by the Engineer. The final cut shall result in a uniform surface. The outside lines of the milled area shall be neat and uniform. The road surfacing to remain in place shall not be damaged in any way. The material milled from the roadway surface, including material deposited in existing gutters or on the adjacent traveled way, shall be immediately removed. The removal crew shall follow within 50 feet of the planer, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Milling of asphalt concrete pavement will be measured by the Square Foot as per Bid Schedule. The quantity to be paid for will be the actual area of surface milled irrespective of the number of passes required. After the cold milling operation(s), Contractor shall crack seal the entire roadway as per Section 14-1, "ASPHALT CONCRETE," of these Special Provisions. Further, Contractor shall tack coat and pave/ overlay the street with new pavement within 72 hours of completion of cold milling operations, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Payment for Crack Filling for all roadways in this Contract shall be per Section 14-1, "ASPHALT CONCRETE," of these Special Provisions. Where transverse joints are milled in the pavement at conform lines, no drop-off shall remain between the existing pavement and the milled area when the pavement is opened to public traffic. If asphalt concrete has not been placed to the level of public traffic, a temporary asphalt concrete taper shall be constructed. The asphalt concrete shall be placed to the level of the existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30:1 or flatter to the level of the milled area. Asphalt concrete for tapers shall be commercial quality and may be spread and compacted by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface. Asphalt concrete tapers shall be completely removed, including removing all loose material from the underlying surface, before placing the permanent surfacing. SP-41 Temporary tapers shall remain in place no longer than the above 72 hour limit required for the application of new pavement surfacing after cold milling. 17-1.02 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Square Foot for "COLD MILLING," depth and roadway type per Bid Schedule, shall include full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in cold milling of asphalt concrete surfacing, including disposal of material milled from the site, per Task Order (Project or Projects) location, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contract unit bid price paid per Square Foot for "COLD MILL WEDGE CUT," depth and roadway type per Bid Schedule, shall include full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in cold milling wedge cuts in existing asphalt concrete surfacing, including disposal of material milled from the site, per Task Order (Project or Projects) location, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for furnishing asphalt concrete for temporary tapers and for constructing, maintaining, removing and disposing of the tapers, shall be considered as included in the Contract unit bid price paid per Square Foot for "COLD MILLING," or per Square Foot for "COLD MILL WEDGE CUT," of asphalt concrete pavement and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-42 SECTION 18 18-1 PAVEMENT REINFORCING FABRIC 18-1.01 GENERAL -- Pavement reinforcing fabric shall conform to Section 213, "ENGINEERING FABRICS," and installation per Section 302-7, "PAVEMENT FABRIC," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Pavement reinforcing fabric shall be nonwoven, heat-bonded, one-sided geotextile and meet the requirements of Section 213-2.2, "Physical Properties," of the Standard Specifications for "nonwoven" geotextiles. Pavement reinforcing fabric shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. The tack coat for pavement reinforcing fabric shall be PG 70-10. Attention is directed to Sub-Section 302-7.2.2, "Tack Coat," of the Standard Specifications, dealing with Tack Coat material and rate of application. 18-1.02 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Square Yard for "PAVEMENT REINFORCING FABRIC," per Bid Schedule, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in furnishing and installing pavement fabric material, Fabric tack coat, all complete in place, per Task Order (Project or Projects) location, the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-43 SECTION 19 THROUGH SECTION 24 BLANK SP-44 SECTION 25 25-1 ADJUSTMENT OF WATER FACILITIES 25-1.01 GENERAL - Adjustment of water meter boxes and water valve covers shall be in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. In general, the work includes the adjustment of water meter boxes and water valve covers that may exist for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, when said box or valve cover lies within pavement whose surface is to be raised by the AC pavement cap work. The Contractor shall notify the owner of the water facility a minimum of seven days prior to beginning work that will affect the water line system. The word "Water Department" shall mean the City of San Bernardino Municipal Water Department or the East Valley Water District, depending on the area of construction. The words "Directed, Required, Permitted, Ordered, Designated, Prescribed by the Water Department", or words of like importance, used in Specifications, shall be understood to mean that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended, and similarly, the words "Approved, Acceptable, Satisfactory by the Water Department", or words of like importance, shall mean approved by or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, unless otherwise expressly stated. The words "Or Approved Equal" shall mean a product that meets all A.W.W.A. specifications and has been approved for use in the City of San Bernardino's domestic water system by the Municipal Water Department or the East Valley Water District. 25-1.02 CONDITIONS - The Contractor shall obtain copies of and comply with all applicable current statutes, laws ordinances, rules, regulations, and State of California, the County of San Bernardino, the City of San Bernardino, and any other governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and shall make application for all required permits and bear cost of same. The Contractor shall furnish to the owning Water Department copies of all required permits and licensed prior to initiation of the work. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall supply to the Water Department letter(s) of approval from the governing bodies having jurisdiction that the Contractor has met the requirements and conditions of the permits or licenses. 25-1.03 CAL-OSHA SAFETY CODE - All work shall be done in a manner that complies with all CAL-OSHA Title 8 - Safety Codes. 25-1.04 DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS - No work which is defective in its construction or deficient in any of the requirements of these Specifications will be considered as accepted in consequence of the failure of any inspector connected with the work to point out said defects or deficiency during construction. The Contractor shall correct any imperfect work without compensation from the City of San Bernardino or the Municipal Water Department before final acceptance of the work by the Water Department. SP-45 25-1.05 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS - Unless otherwise indicated in these Special Provisions, or unless otherwise maintained by the owner of a public utility or franchise, all water, gas, oil, or irrigation lines, structures or house laterals, in place, and other surface or subsurface structures or lines, shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him during the progress of the work. Should the Contractor in the performance of the work disturb, disconnect or damage any of the above, all expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or in the replacement or repair thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. 25-1.06 PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT - When necessary to break pavement in order to adjust water facility enclosures, as directed by the Engineer, the existing pavement shall be cut vertically as nearly as possible to a straight line by a method approved by the CITY. The pavement so removed shall be hauled away and shall be replaced with like material. All pavement removal and replacement shall conform to the standards and specifications of the governing body having jurisdiction and shall meet with their approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing, disposing of, and replacing all pavement. All paving shall be inspected by the Engineer. 25-1.07 INSTALLATION - All foreign matter and dirt shall be removed from the interior of the meter box or valve box prior to adjustment of the water meter box or water valve cover. The pipe shall be inspected for defects. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be immediately reported to the Engineer. The Contractor shall at all times take care to protect and preserve all improvements. All pipe and materials which, in the opinion of the Water Department, have been damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. All existing gate valves shall be shut off by Water Department staff. All service, valves, and corporation stops shall be shut off by Contractor under Water Department inspection. All valves 4" and larger shall be operated by Water Department staff only 25-1.08 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Each for "ADJUST EXISTING WATER VALVE COVER TO GRADE," shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in adjusting water valve covers to grade following the Contractor's paving operations to meet the grade of Project improvements, for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, complete in place, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The provisions contained in Section 3-2, "CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply to adjusting water valve enclosure and covers, and no adjustment shall, therefore, be made in the Contract unit bid prices for increased or decreased quantities of adjusting utility facilities. SP-46 SECTIONS 26 THROUGH SECTION 45 BLANK SP-47 SECTION 46 46-1 ADJUST UTILITY FRAME AND COVER TO GRADE 46-1.01 GENERAL -- Adjusting utility frame and cover to grade, after completion of paving, shall be in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.6, "Adjustment of Manhole Frames And Cover Sets To Grade," of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, as directed by the Engineer. All debris and foreign material shall be removed from the cover in accordance with Sub-Section 301-1.6 of the Standard Specifications. The pavement surrounding the frame and cover shall meet the smoothness requirement as specified in Sub-Section 302-5.8, "Manholes (and other structures),"of the Standard Specifications. 46-1.02 ADJUSTING NON-CITY UTILITY COVER/VAULT FRAME AND COVER - - Adjusting non-city utility cover/ vault frame and cover to grade after completion of paving shall be performed by others. 46-1.03 PAYMENT -- The Contract unit bid price paid per Each for "ADJUST EXISTING UTILITY FRAME AND COVER TO GRADE," shall include full compensation for providing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all the work involved for each Task Order (Project or Projects) work area, per the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The provisions contained in Section 3-2, "CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY," of the Standard Specifications, shall not apply to adjusting utility frame and cover and no adjustment shall, therefore, be made in the Contract bid unit prices for increased or decreased quantities of adjusting utility facilities. SP-48 SECTION 47 THROUGH SECTION 49 BLANK SP-49 SECTION 50 50-1 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT STREET PAVEMENT 50-1.01 GENERAL - The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-9, "PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS," of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. All existing improvements (except utilities and street pavement) including, but not limited to curbs, gutters, curb and gutter, cross gutters, spandrels, driveways and driveway approaches, ADA bypass and sidewalks, access ramps, walls, fences, sprinkler systems, lawns, shrubs, trees, and traffic signs, traffic striping and traffic detector loops, etc., which are damaged or removed during the course of construction of the Project, shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal to or better than, in all respects, the existing improvements removed or damaged, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Removal and restoration of existing improvements shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings and the following: 1. In the event a portion of curb, gutter or monolithic curb and gutter is damaged by the Contractor's operations, a minimum of 10 feet of curb, gutter or curb and gutter shall be removed and replaced regardless of how short a length is damaged. The Contractor shall begin said 10-foot section, if possible, at an existing joint or scoring line. If said 10-foot section ends within 3 feet of an existing joint or scoring line, then the removal shall extend to said joint or scoring line. 2. Concrete cross gutter damaged by Contractor's operations shall be removed and replaced in entirety. 3. Concrete sidewalk, if damaged by Contractor's operations, shall be removed in its entirety between scoring lines or between scoring line and joint. Prior to removal, scoring lines shall be saw-cut. 4. Concrete driveway damaged by Contractor's operations shall be removed and replaced in entirety. 5. If a concrete driveway is damaged and is monolithic with the sidewalk, it shall be set off from the sidewalk by a saw cut along the edge of the sidewalk. The driveway shall then be removed in its entirety and replaced. 6. If the roadside signs are damaged during the construction, they shall be restored or replaced to a condition equal or better than the existing. New installation shall not impede into required ADA access distance around obstacles. A minimum clearance of 48" shall be maintained. 7. If existing fence is in conflict with the new construction, fence shall be relocated by the Contractor. 50-1.02 PAYMENT - Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section, not otherwise provided, for each Task Order (Project or Projects), shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract bid items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SP-50 SECTION 51 THROUGH SECTION 62 BLANK SP-51 APPENDIX CITY STANDARD PLANS HrjkmY'S LOCAL STREET HILLSIDE STREETS E t R It R �. IOy- 1 40' 1O' �i 7. T. I SEME X20' 1 20' �iEf 4' 22 22' MAJOR DIVIDEDHIGHWAYS COLLECTOR STREET UTILITY PRIMARY HILLSIDE FOR USE IN QUARTER MILE STREETS,EASEMENT COLLECTOR STREET SCHOOL AND INDUSTRIAL AREA". t t 2 R 14'-Id 3 � 7.01Sd 38 40 14'-IO' 6d' 12' � 20' 20' 3'UTILITY EASEMENT_,, �• MAJOR HIGHWAY CONTINUOUS STREET HILLSIDE COLLECTOR STREET IN COMMERCIAL ADD MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL AREAS, A 40-FOOT IL t, R ROADWAY WITH 10-FOOT PARKWAYS 44 t EHIDURED SIDEWALK SHALL 4 IS'_3d� tt-W' 3t"-bb' t 32L33' 11-1 so, 3'UTILITYEAGEIOfT- Is! 3 It' '� HILLSDE STREET NP SECONDARY HIGHWAY I LOCAL NONOONTNUOUS STREET "I MAY INCLUDE CUL-DE-SAC,LOOP �y r S' STREETS ANDSHORT COM ECTOR STREETS F-4 4 t WHERE AN APPROVED INTERNAL PEDESTR I'wte SYSTEM 18 PROVIDED THE PARKWAY oN ONE HILLSIDE STREETT 11' 8 II' SIDE MAY BE REDUCED TO 3-FEET. 9, LIMITED (110MI N ON ONE t1DE ONLY) COUNTY SECONDARY HIGHWAY A------��� FOII USE ON EXItTGNH STREETS OF tPPOOT EASEMENT LINEAL td--I I'EASEMENT LINE DEDICATION.NOT TO BE UKD FOR NEW STREETS. ((,��F�'110�'f'IOy I(J t ACCESS ROADWW CONDITIONAL Id- �«' Id- (LUSTED TO 4 DWELLING 3043' 33 UNITG PRIMATE�WsT"RK�ET ONLX) (NO PARKING BCAH SIDES SECONDARY HIGHWAY STANDARD STREET CONDITIONS I. PRIVATE STREET DEVELOPMENT SHALL COIEOM TO THE STANDARD STREET FOR USEONEXIS1 p'FOOT STMZU ON WDEItNG DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. STIEE7S WIC SETNAOK LIIEG MMME SEL:N ESANL.It11Ea TO 80'FEET OVER LOW PERIOD OF TIME.NOT TO GE USED FOR NEW STREETS.(St CURB TO CURS MAY 0E REQUIREDWMERE LIQMTPEDESTRHMI TRAFFIC IS ANTICIPATED.) go— ALLEYS b a Its 1 STANDARD CROSS 9ECT10N STANDARD TURMNB AREA (PL.AN Vem 1 tali �1 i M.fL fO MINIMUM TURNING AREA STANDARD CUT-CORNERS (PLAN VIEW) (PLAN VIEW) CITY OF SAN BERNARDIW — PUBLIC. WORKS DEPT. APPROVED STANVAU TYPICAL STREET SECTION PLAN ITY ENGINEER �00 GENERAL NOTES: 2 NOTE „ CONCRETE MUST BE AT LEAST CURING COMPOUND SNALL BE /8~ Za 5.5 SACK MIX (520-C-2500) AND HOLD 2500 P.S.I. IN SPRAYED tMWQRMLY ON ALL =POSED 28 DAYS. SURFACES PRIOR TO EVAPORA110011 OF SURFACE WATER. FL�tT Rr „ EXPANSION JOINTS AT ENO OF RETURNS • STRUCTURES W END PLANE JOINTS EVERY 10 FT. ¢ 3 OR AS INSTRUCTED. ,p,Q SLOPE NO R- 9- �. a 0:037 CU.YO. PER L/�/• FT L • e ply TYPE IIB" P.C.C. CURB a GUTTER 18" Zt 'I e, " 3" FLAT R 4 R- SLOPE 1:16 Q PER L IAI FT• TYPE "CI' P.C.C. CURB 81 GUTTER (LOCAL STREETS WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER) �I T F•�w ,�- 24" M i- -b" • a 0.0-3 C[/. YD. s • - � PERL/N. FT. 0.0&7 CL/. YD. PEEP L/N. FT. TYPICAL SECTION • ROLLED CURB TYPE "AII (ONLY FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AS APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER) P.C.C. CURB CITY OF SAN BERARDINO-PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. APPROVED-. STANDAKD TYPICAL SECTION- m my 2:z I9EL MAN P. C.C. CURB & GUTTER cIT ENGI R X40 PE�PMLSSABLE ALTENPrVATIVE E.C,P �3" CUiPBFACEM/1Y � �, __ ECR. O iPY.dfMA"AD/4/6 v! ?D PLAN o IN tl 3"ORG. EXPANS/ONJO/N T ST.P.4/Gh�T �AGRAD E EXPANS/dot/ JO/NT — .jrzow oi.P-Arer W PLAN . OF CROSS GUTTER F/LL W1711ASAIM7 1C .A- JOINT SEALEif .Pi EXRKIfQI.✓ - T; -� - .l1EA? - �Ir►. 5TEET TROWEL Al-AllSf/ • EXPANSION JOINT NOTE= STR416NT GR•40E 6"Ca�c/CrPETE BETWEEN BC.R. 'S MAY BE AL TE,QED ON EXCESS/(/E SECTION A-A" G,PAOE.5. 3b" A?4 4fS _ 0.072 cu.Yo• A O - 6 36" P.C.C. CROSS GUTTER (LOCAL STREETS WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER) M CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO-PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. APPROVED- STANPAKP 36" 8k 7 2" CROSS GUTTER Mg 4 27 1982 RAN 101 CITY ENGINEER TRENCH AREA 10 12 1) TRENCH WIDTH 5 TRENCH EDGES-,•------ 1 2 12 85% !-"----IF 4' OR LESS —IF 3' OR LESS-�•- THEN COLD MILL OR GRIND THEN EXISTING AC STRUCTURE REMOVE/REPLACE ' `•`•` ' ' ` '. I SECTION PER NOTES: EXISTING AC ' '." 1.0' MIN STRUCTURE SECTION s TYF 95% 1 10 t2 PER NOTES: �T h 7 r•' t LL iw z r� « F= �w CURB AND GUTTE.R a X¢ MAX. TRENCH WIDTT I- .--,. OR EDGE OF 5 PAVEMENT .:. -' �6 lY�w Iz - n cn c�o TRENCH EDGE i P'A'VEMENT REPLACEMENT LIMITS �P YPICAL SECTION ,;EME-RAL RIGHT-OF-WAY _IREN(> Iy(aT ; 0R AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER i) ASPHAI-T PATCH THICKNESS SHALL BE 3 INCHES MINIMUM OR 1" GREATER THAN EXISTING AC, ''411CH£VER IS GREATER. TRENCH AlDTFl SHALL FJE BY SAW CUT ONLY. ASPHALT PATCH MAY BE EUMINATED OUTSIDE THE ROADWAY PRISM. COLD MILL OR GRIND ':XISTING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT TO A DEPTH OF 0.15' WITHIN THE TRENCH AREA AND TO AT I-EAST 1.0' BEYOND THE 1)3;ES OF THE TRENCH, OR REMOVE FULL DEPTH OF ASPHALT CONCRETE SECTION WITHIN THE SAME LIMITS, MORATORIUM STREETS- ' NEEN, TRENCH CUTS HAVE BEEN AUTHORIZED FOR NEW STREETS OR FULL REHABILITATED STREETS WITHIN THE LAST 5 YEARS, :GRINDING SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE FULL TRAFFIC LANE, FOR STREETS THAT HAVE BEEN SEAL COATED WITHIN THE LAST 3 'r'r"ARS, HAE ;RENCH AREA SURFACE SHALL BE SEAL COATED WITH SIMILAR MATERIAL TO THE REST OF THE STREET. ANY TRENCH :u!3 WITHIN THE SAME AREA LESS THAN ONE (1) YEAR OLD ARE CONSIDERED MULTIPLE CUTS. MULTIPLE CUTS WITHIN 100' OF =A('H OT TIER MADE BY THE SAME ENTITY SHALL BE REQUIRED TO GRIND AND OVERLAY 0.15' FOR THE FULL LANE WIDTH BETWEEN S'tl pS 4ND INCLUDING THE CUTS, EXISTING CONCRETE ROADWAYS SHALL BE REPLACED WITH CLASS 520-C-2500 CONCRETE OF O'JAL THICKNESS COLD JOINT TO COLD JOINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH GREENBOOK SECTION 201-).12 AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD PLAN 132-1 OF THE AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS t GMiSTRVCTION, LATEST EDITION. ROAD BASE: CRUSHED AGGREGATE 13ASE (GREENBOOK SECTION 200-2.2) 4 INCHES OR MATCH EXISTING SECTION, WHICHEVER IS w. t<REATER, 957 DENSITY. PLACED IN MAXIMUM 4 INCH LIFTS. EXISTING CONCRETE ENCOUNTERED BENEATH THE ASPHALT PAVEMENT ROADWAY SHALL BE COMPLETELY REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE (GREEN BOOK SECTION 200-2.2) TO A TIIICKNESS EQUAL TO THAT OF THE CONCRETE REMOVED. f,3 i TRENCH BACKFILL: SELECT BACKFILL, 95% DENSITY, PLACED IN 8 INCH UFTS. IF TRENCH IS LOCATED OUTSIDE TIME ROADWAY PRISM, SELECT BACKFILL MAY BE PLACED TO FINISH GRADE AT 907 DENSITY. ?1. ZONE: SAND (SE 30) OR GREATER, JETTED, PER SECTION 306--1.3 (GREENBOOK). OR PLACED MECHANICALLY TO 807 DENSITY. LOCATIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY SHOWN ON THE PLANS. `1 MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE THE PIPE DIAMETER PLUS 2 FEET FOR ALL PIPE DIAMETERS. PIPE SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE TRENCH. TRENCH WIDTHS SHALL ALLOW PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF BACKFILL MATERIAL- @ MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPE WALL AND TRENCH WALL SHALL BE 18". { MINIMUM COVER IS REFERENCED TO FUTURE FINISHED FINAL GRADES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PROFILE DRAWINGS (36" MIN). e� SUPPORT PIPE WITH SANDBAGS AND SPOT LOAD PIPE AS REQUIRED DURING INSTALLATION OF CLSM IN PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BEDDING AREAS. ` 7 DIAGONAL PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT IS NOT PERMITTED. F0 ANY TRENCH CUTS WITHIN 4' FROM THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT, LANE LINE, CURB OR GUTTER SHALL HAVC THE PAVEMENT PATCH " EXTENDED TO THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT, LANE LINE, CURB OR GUTTER. ii NO FLOATER LESS THAN 3'-0" ALLOWED. 12 PATCH MATERIAL SHALL BE LIKE IN KIND. 2 UPDATED. RENSEO do REDRA- cPc 10/14/2009' CIS'OF 5'AN BERNARDINO APPROV 411V100 STANDARD 01-A/r•,LOPAGfENT SERVICES—PUBLIC' 41 ORKW NGINEGRI_NG � NO. TYPICAL T)F.T,gll. -- ---- 310 RL•-.STUKA7ION PERANNENT SURFACINGITRF.NCHING CITY ENGINEER 1 OF 1 ARTERIAL. / ARTERIAL OR ARTERIAL LOCAL MOUNTED TO SIGNAL POST ABBREVIATIONS Avenue =Av-- (o Alley Al I--y Yl Boulevard B I vd r Con ter Cir6e Y2" BORDER, Y2" FROM court -C:r CITY LOGO 04f ALL EDGES Drive =[)f =hw%, =Prk'Ary Lone =Ln I m 4, Place =Pi porkway QLADL -A Rood =Rd ---------- It.j rj7R9F r,"PON stot- Rou!Le =Rte ARTERIAL P,RTERIAi_ OR ARTERIAL LOCAL 1.3 L A ij L (UNSIGNALIZED) INTERSEC J10iH PnRDF,-,, I/a` FROM TOF Di 90T 1,011A BLADE tvICUNTING IC i- FERN CITY 1-00) 24" MIN -1-REE T & ,,1UM8EF SHALL 3E (1:1r,,,TFRFD BOTH VERT & HORIZ 36" IAAX OR AS i atilt'' CLEAR ON ENDS) ON APPROVED 0 I.; LF TIER SPACING = ;'`AY. `q') -jK;N 6LADE SHALL LIE 8 NAJGE (.128) FLAT ALUMINUM ALLOY MTti DOUBLE FACE FINISH MITE LETTERS & BORDER ON GREEN BACKGROUND. SIGN GLADE SHALL BE FABRICATED USING HIGH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHF.E'nNG AND PERIMAN OVERLAY. (SEE SHT 2 FOR INSTALLATION). i14`) (',8") SIGN BLADE SHALL BE 8 GAUGE (,128) FLAi- ALUMINUM ALLOY SINGLE FACED WITH WHITE LETTERS & BORDER ON GREEN BACKGROUND- SIGN BLADE SHALL BE FABRICATED USING 1-11CH INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING AND PERIMAN OVERLAY. (SEE SHT 4 FOR INSTALLATION). Sail Bt'I hart mo_. DETAIL UPDAIM. rvCMM & REDRAV*4 SM &C 11/0/2W7 CITY LOGO NO. HOSION 3 p CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO APP R70 gD NA V' STANDARD 11"ORKS,ENGINEERING No. S TREE T NAME SIGN EER 504 1 1 OF 5 ARTERIAL / ARTERIAL OR ARTERIAL / LOCAL BLADE (UNSIGNALIZED) �f INTERSEC71QN ro<-�11-1� ~`. O ATTACH SIGN BLADES 1'0 SIGNAL FIOLE AT 36" FROM SIDEWALK USING ` BRACES INHEN SIGN BLADE IS 35" OR LONGER IN LENGTH. / II I I ° (E3� SIGN-TO-SIGN BRACKET; TELESPAR 514•TCF200 (FOR SIGNS UP TO 13" I G), I I TELESPAR 120TCX200 (FOR SIGNS OVER 1€1" U- J-1 'M I J _ I � .280" DE SLOT, VANDAL-PRUF BOI E'S 2NVPA12. i `C POST-TO-SIGN BRAGKr'T; SUPR-i_DFC 2N97 SQX2. .280" WIDE SLOT, VANDAL PRUF BOLTS 2NVPA12. - �) SIGNPOST. fELESPAR 2' SQ 12 CA. FIELD TO A iy" SQ, x 30" 30 (;A_ H.D. D ANCHOR. a z L , LCi) `L FOUNDATION; PORTLAND CONCRETE CLASS 500-C--2500 MAX SLUMP=5". LL .,_ c f^. X n W -') _= NOTE: 0_ USE ZUMAR INDUSTRIES (OR APPROVED EQUAL). owl Df21vr RIVET e co .. ANC1-tOR: TELESPAR A" SO x 30" H.D. t UPDATED. REM 5W &REDRAWN 5TV cpc 1I/e/2007 W BY DATE APPROVED CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO APPROVED W-ve- i Z STANDARD T)Ffl7;l.OP.-V NT,SFRV7C'FS--PUBLIC 611ORKSIFIVGINFFRING NO. STREET NAME SIGN ----_- 504 CITY fN EER 24F 5 - _ ~ _ ~ _ � � ~ _ EE DETAIL) zz Lo n M�sn _i i, , t I- (X�� r_?I i � T IJ \-l" WIDE WHITE INTS San Berm IN r) E 1- 1 L NTS I SEL SP_F__G1FI(','. FNGINEERING PLAN FOR, PROPER SIGN NOMENCLATURE. 2- FULL-SIZE LAYOUTS OF EACH SIGN LEGEND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 3. SEE SHT I OF 5 FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. SEE SHT 4 OF 5 FOR APPROPRIATE INSTALLATION. CITY OFSAN BERNARDINO APPROVED /'/Oy- 6p, Z-007 STANDARD STREET NAME SIGN C AENUN 504 ^- Cl) 'Al Y STREET SIGN Q) SIONFIX MEDIUM EXTRUSION (SX0073) 3ki DOUBLE BACK TAPE SIGNFIX MODIAFD CHANNEL CLAMP (SX 0222) 3TEEL BANDING (b) MAST ARM BRACKET (SA -1-000) (,:,A 1000 EXTENSIONS) 2AP MANUFACTURING. INC. VIEW NTS ALTERNATE INSTALLATION Z V) A' z W 13 x < 1 Z7 L SIGNAL POST VIEW A MAST ARM NTS INSTALLATION PREFERRED u- V) N 0 TE: USE ZAP MANUFACTURING. INC. (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FOR u- MAST ARM PREFERRED INSTALLATION. USE ZUMAR PRODUCTS (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FOR ALTERNATE INSTALLATION. I UPOATO. REVISED at RrtDRAW" SM ept 11/0/2W7 No. REMON BY DA D CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO APPROVED NOV- fi, STANDARD 1) -"'Tl,()PtVIF-NTSERVIC'E.S-PliBLI(: 1410RXWENGINEERING NO. 504 S TREE T NA ME SIGN 40F 5 L� L 8CR f if Co ..:.'BIB--_ -- — �� ..._._....,..... .__..'__... Sd—I ^.-..,.,E CK I +OCR 't � r tt� '� rrE 1 en LA [CR .f:x= 5 - B(;R J � INTERSECTION "9_ IN TERSEUION GE-ND — DOUBLE SIGNS WITH OR WITHOUT R-1 4 SI(;NLE SIGN WITH OR WITHOUT R-1 E 0 fE: LOCATION OF STREET 14AME SIGNS ARE SHOWN APPROXIMATE. ALTERNATE LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. TYPICAL LOCATIONS: ON BCR OF NE & SW CORNER OF INTERSECTIONS. FOR UNNAMED PRIVATE STREETS, THE WORDS "PRIVATE STREET" SHALL BE 4" HIGH AND CENTERED WITHIN THE SIGN. MAJOR STREET = ARTERIALS MINOR STREET = COLLECTORS & LOCALS 1 UPDATED, REWW do REDRRAM SID cPc 11/8/2607 CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO APPRO E13 /tlo�-�VlG. �ao7 STANNODARD L)I bTLOP,b1T:1�TSL;RVTCES---PUNIC IVDR.KSIEWGINE RING 504 THE T NAME SILL 1 CITY ENGINEER 5 OF 5 STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLANS E z E uj E z E J Lo m u� m v 0_' a 6„ v a 6" W 150 mm K150 mm BATTER 3:12 BATTER 3:12 LL- v SLOPE 8.3% I E E E E o m LEVEL 1 Al-6(150) AND 2-5m m) A2-6(150) AND A2-8(200) A1-8(200) Li E Z z E -� -J Lo m 6" 6" m (150 mm') MIN (150 mm z) �� 150 mm U W 3/4" (20 mm) R BATTER 3:12 BATTER 3:12 BOTH SIDES ILL SLOPE 2.0% v LEVEL E E E e E w to O O In Lo �2-5 D1 -6 150 D1-8 200 AND A3-6(150) AND A3-8(200) mm") NOTES: E i E " 1. THE LAST NUMBER IN THE DESIGNATION IS E J #4 x 10" ® 4 OC THE CURB FACE (CF) HEIGHT, INCHES (mm). w (#13M x 250 mm " 6" D® 1200 mm OC) 2. GUTTER WIDTH, W. IS 24" (600 mm) 150 mm ) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. GROUTED IN PLACE 3. TYPES Al. A2, A3 AND Cl SHALL BE N BATTER 3:12 CONSTRUCTED FROM PCC. 30 mm)/4" (2 4. TYPE D1 CURB SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM ASPHALT CONCRETE. 3" (75 mm) 5. TYPE Cl CURB SHALL BE ANCHORED WITH j STEEL DOWELS AS SHOWN OR WITH AN EPDXY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 6. ALL EXPOSED CORNERS ON PCC CURBS Cl-6(150) --AND C1-8(200) AND GUTTERS SHALL BE ROUNDED WITH A 1/2" (15 mm) RADIUS. STANDARD PLAN FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN PROMULGATED BY THE PuBUOt�=MIT= CURB AND GUTTER - BARRIER 120_2 IBM REV.1266.2009 U %MTH WARD S ECIF CATIONS FOR PUBLtC WORKS CONSTRUC110N 4' 1220 mm MIN 4' 1220 mm MIN A TRANSITION t 4:1 MIN NOTE 8 3 NOTE 2 109: a a is CURB FACE ,� X ���—�4' (1220 mm) A lam TYPE 1 AORB 4 1220 mm R z z R f. > NOTE 8 I I RADE BREAK 3 x NOTE 2 U Qr?^ N CURB-" �. X �,.. XX CURB FACE C12-20 mm) � A OR B ' SEE FIGURE l TYPE 2 CASE A PARTS OF THIS STANDARD PLAN SHOW INSTALLATION FOR TYPICAL . RETROFIT CONDITIONS. AND ARE NOT FULLY COMPLIANT WITH CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW DEVELOPMENT. STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUTCRTION prWak m"*w .STANDARD PLAN "'� " °" � °�po co "lix CURB RAMP KV 169k 20M 2001%2000 1..s 111-5 2013 USE WTH ND D A R PUSUC WORK CONS UCTION .. $ i BCR O� P� 27. MAX E 4' 1220 mm GRADE BREAK a oE NOTE 8 < �1 a PLANTINGl a AREA be CUR �'9{ TYPE 3 CURB FACE WHERE PLANTING AREA IS ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP, USE CASE A. TYPE 6 2_ MAX z O!� GRADE BREAK Y E 4' 1220 mm ,(\ 'o N NOTE 8 BCR a�r 2� a NOTE 2 2 v�•�>,;; � w PLANTING 1 a AREA 1p1�,N`A 6� � 1 2 o CUR CURB FACE. P4. WHERE PLANTING AREA IS TYPE 4 ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP, USE CASE A. TYPE 6 CASE A STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN 111-5 CURB RAMP SH T OF 10 A OR B 4' 1220 mm R R NOTE 2 A x I t� ( �3370 DIR>,BREAK 3 Y °. PLANTING AREA NOTE '•,' PLANTING AREA CUR CURB FACE F 1x 1200 mm uni� AORB SEE FIGURE 1 TYPE 5 PARKWAY R W 2% % 0 MAX " Z OQL z P e 4' 1220 mm z` ,k PCC WALK 4 1220 mm MIN R Z� N NOTE 2 ' NOTE 8 l O PLANTING AREA TYPE 6 CUR CURB FACE 0QL��'` J P � IF PLANTING AREA IS NOT ADJACENT TO SIDE FLARE, USE "X" PER TABLE 2 FOR THAT FLARE CASE q STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111 -5 C ' "i z=X , I z-X NOTE 2 xx x€i: Y 3 rLz a a R� 8.33 MAX €s Y 8. = MAX CURB NOTE 8 CURB FACE X ,.,�.. X -� 4 (1220mm) C �n TYPE 1 2% MAS( NOTE ,.Y + TYPE 2 a NOTE 2 CURB CURB FACE tiQ CASE B STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 4OF1 A SKEW ANGLE, a 4' SKEW ANGLE a=45' 1220 m ) OFFSET b=0 NOTE 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS ' .5"t y OC X OTE OFFSET, b CUR CASE C CURB FACE X z E Y E J p 3 N SEE DETAIL a¢ A. B, C, OR OTE8 A H st .` A TYPE 1 Y NOTE 2 5%MAX a PLANTING a_ AREA R GRA X=4' (1220 mm) IF ADJACENT TO CUR PLANTING AREA, CURB FACE OTHEWISE SEE TABLE 1 y SEE DETAIL A, B, C OR D E At 0 N cv NOTE 8 ` 5 JAAI�!d .......................... ................... . o:v �U a_a_ NOTE 2 CURB CURB FACE TYPE Z CASE D STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 [-SHEET 5 OF 2% -GRADE BREAK S MAX 4' (1220 mm) cn _ T x N E E A OR B LESS N Q CROSSWALK N � 'AMAX 0.N S y � 4' (1220 mm x < PLANTIN a AREA NOTE 2 TYPE 1 CURB" A DR NOTE 8 CURB FACE X=4' 1220 mm 4 X WHEN ADJACENT (1220 mm) TO PLANTING AREA x .� MARKED CROSSWALK �j 2% M x E U N U sii .'• ; i MARKED S ZS R : " 5. MAX CROSSWALK C NOTE 2 Z=X.1� x a a BREAK CUR X 4- ;?GRADE CURB FACE 220 mm NOTE 8 TYPE 2 x CASE E MARKED CROSSWALK STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 SHEET 6 OF 10 SEE NOTE 6 PARKWAY R Y 1 4' 1220 mm MIN SEE TABLE i EXISTING ROUNOE TOP OF ROADWAY gar. EDGE RAMP A2-0 CURB AND GUTTER SECTION A-A _ USE FIGURE 1 TO DETERMINE WHICH OF SECTIONS A-A, B-B SEE NOTE 6 PARKWAY OR C-C IS APPROPRIATE R Y 4' 1220 mm EXISTING ROUNDED TOP OF ROADWAY Sq EDGE RAMP DEPRESS BACK OF WALK SEE DETAIL A, 8, C OR D. 2% AX SHEET 10. A2-0 CURB AND GUTTE SECTION B-B SEE NOTE 6 PARKWAY EXISTING � ROADWAY 4 1220 mm MIN S-�•�4`4�( DEPRESS BACK OF WALK SEE DETAIL A. B, C OR D, +-2% MAX SHEET 10. A2-0 CURB AND GUTTER SECTION C-C 4 Z 1220 mm DEPRESS BACK OF WALK �3 q � ALK SECTION R-R Z OR LESS Z 4' 4' Z 1220 mm 1220 mm DEPRESS BACK OF WALK sI is PCC SIDEWALK SECTION S-S STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBUC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 SHEET 7 OF_10 PARKWAY WIDTH, FT (m) 4' 5' 6' 7' W 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20' (1.2) MIN(1.5) (1.8) (2.1) (2.4) (2.7) (3.0) (3.3) (3.6) (3.9) (4.2) (4.5) (4.8) (5.1) (5.4) (5.7) (6.0) 1- (25) E 2- (50) E v� 3' (75) uj IN U SECTION A-A z 5" (125 Ca LANDING = 4' 1220 mm U 6- (150) Z O u- 7- (175) F- U WM 8' (200) UJ U 9' (225) SECTION B-B Q 10" (250) CALCULATE Z DIMENSION PER FORMULA B O 11- (275) Z 127 (300) OR MORE FIGURE 1 - SECTION USAGE NORMAL WHERE FIGURE 1 SHOWS USE OF SECTION B—B, FIGURE Z CURB FACE. SECTION Y—Y DIMENSION AS FOLLOWS: INCHES (mm) X. FT (mm) Y, FT (mm) W = PARKWAY WIDTH 2- (50) 4.00' (1220) MIN 2.63' (790) L = LANDING WIDTH. 4' (1220 mm) TYP 3- (75) 4.00' (1220) MIN 3.95' (1185) Z = [(Y+L)—W] x 0.760 4- (100) 4.00' (1220) MIN 5.26' (1580) IF (Y+L) < W, THEN Z = 0 5- (125) 4.17' (1275) 6.58' (1975) 6- (150) 5.00' (1525) 7.90' (2370) 7- (175) 5.83' (1775) 9.21' (2765) 8- (200) 6.67' (2035) 10.53' (3160) 9- (225) 7.50' (2285) 11.84' (3555) 10- (250) 8.33' (2540) 13.16- (3950) 11- (275) 9.17' (2795) 14.47' (4340) 12- (300) 1 10.00' (3050) 1 15.79' (4735) SEE SHEET 9 FOR STREET SLOPE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS, ALL STREETS TABLE 1 - X AND Y VALUES TABLE 1 REFERENCE FORMULAS: X = CF / 8.333x Y = CF / (8.333y — 2% WALK CROSS SLOPE) STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 F 10 4' 1220 mm IGRADE BREAK TI T o�o a T CURB GUTTER [,X-DOWN-j- I X.UP . CURB FACE SLOPE, S TT`y (1220 mm) TYPICAL CURB RAMP X.DOWN X.uP BACK OF WALKI —S GUTTER SECTION T-T FLOW LINE SLOPED STREET FOR SLOPED STREETS, MULTIPLY THE DIMENSIONS PARALLEL TO THE STREET, X AND 7, UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM OF THE RAMP, BY THE FACTORS IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR EXAMPLE, X.DOWN = X x K.DOWN S K.DOWN K.UP OX 1.000 1.000 0.2% 0.977 1.025 0.5X 0.943 1.064 1X 0.893 1.136 29 0.806 1.316 3X 0.735 1.583 4X 0.678 1.923 5X 0.625 2.500 TABLE 2 - SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS TABLE 2 REFERENCE FORMULAS: K.DOWN — 8.333% (8.3337: + S) K.UP = 8.333% / 8.333% — S) STREET SLOPE ADJUSTMENTS STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 SHEET 9 OF 10 12" 305 mm E@ p Qo " u1 0O @ t7 ® E 31 I ) '? 0.90" iv E 19 mm ``'`"® ® OO O (23 mm �� SINGLE 1/4" 1/4" O ® ® O PATTERN @"TRUNCATED DOME" (6 mm) (6 mm) 2.35" 60 mm) GROOVING DETAIL DETECTABLE WARNING DETAIL CONSTRUCT FENCE OR HANDRAIL PER CONTRACT PLANS --.� a 6" (150 mm) J PAVED SURFACE PAVED SURFACE RETAINING CURB B. DETAIL A DETAIL B GRADED 6" (150 mm) SLOPE 2:1 If'� UNP SURFACE MAX --UNPAVED SURFACE RETAINING CURB---, DETAIL C DETAIL D GENERAL NOTES: 1, CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 520-C-2500 (310-C-17) CONFORMING TO SSPWC 201-1.1.2 AND SHALL BE 4" (100 mm) THICK. 2. THE RAMP SHALL HAVE A 12" (305 mm) WIDE BORDER WITH 1/4" (6 mm) GROOVES APPROXIMATELY 314" (19 mm) OC. SEE GROOVING DETAIL. 3. THE RAMP SURFACE SHALL HAVE A TRANSVERSE GROOMED SURFACE TEXTURE CONFORMING TO SSPWC 303-1.9. 4. USE DETAIL "A" OR "B" IF EXISTING SURFACE BEHIND LANDING IS PAVED. 5. USE DETAIL "C" OR "D" IF EXISTING SURFACE BEHIND LANDING IS UNPAVED. 6. R = 3' (900 mm) UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLAN. SEE SHEET 7. 7. ANGLE = 0/2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLAN. 8. CONSTRUCT DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. MATERIALS SHALL BE PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLAN CURB RAMP 111-5 SH T 10 OF 10 CALIFORNIA MUTCD STANDARDS California MUTCD Page 3A-4 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3A-101(CA). Centerlines-2 Lane Highways •- DETAIL 1 POLICY I 14.1 m(4s 1) {2N ml 5.18 m 12.14 ml lis m 2.14 ml Centerline pattern for use on two-lane streets (11) 0714 p1) 07 ft) (rR) and hl hways (normally used on local streets C 0 and hig�ways). DETAIL 2 14.64m(a1) LUm LU 5.11m 2.14 2"slim Centerline pattern with pavement markers for ❑(1.sa)IQ (17n) Io(ass)❑ use on two-lane streets and highways. DETAIL 3 (Deleted) DETAIL 4 14.64 m(a 1) 2.Um 2.44m 4.11m 244m L44ie Alternate to Detail 2. For use at problem f• 1 (111 I Oft) I petty I (am I l•N locations where It Is difficult to place and —► ❑ 000 0 0 0 1 0� maintain centerline because of moisture, sand, .� �.1.22m(411 4 N a DETAIL 3 14.44'"(4111 Centerline pattern for use on two-lane streets 13.66 m(1211 toys m In ft) .6y m(121j and highways (normally used on local streets © and highways). DETAIL 6 U.44 in(A ft) 5,46m I H.pm sam Centerline pattern with pavement markers for ❑ (11 1) 1 112 ft) I (tan) a use on two-lane streets and highways. DETAIL 7 14.00(ato Alternate to Detail 6. For use at problem SAM I Ham I SAM locations where it Is difficult to place and 0 (ufo O X12% (n1) Q maintain centerline because of moisture,sand, © ©© etc. LEGEND C—�10o mm(4 in)Yellow 0 Two-Way Yellow Retroreflective Markers Direction of Travel Q Non-Retrorefisctive Yellow Marken NOT TO SCALE Chapter 3A—General January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3A-7 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3A-104(CA). No Passing Zones - Two Direction DETAIL 21 POLICY Two-direction no-passing pattern for use on r two-lane streets and hi hways(normally used on 15 mm(3 In) local streets and highways . See Note 2. DETAIL 22 I 7.32 m(24 111) I 7.32 m(24 M i 13 El 13=50 mm(21n) — Two-direction no-passing pattern with pavement _75mm(3In) p assin markers for use on two-lane streets and =50 mm(2 In) highways. See Notes 1 and 2. —10. 13 ❑ DETAIL 23 I7.32 m(24 fQ ( 7.32 in(24 ft) I 13000000000000—5 mm(3 In) Alternate to Detail 22. For use with either Detail 000000000y0013 4or Detail 7. 122 m(4 f), k122 m(41t) NOTES: 1. Pavement markers shown oft the solid line In Detail 22 may be placed on the line. 2. A 75 mm(3 In)black line shall be placed between the 100 mm(4 In)yellow lines on State highways and may be placed on streets and highways under local jurisdiction. LEGEND C 1 100 mm(4 In)Yellow ❑Two-Way Yellow Retroreflective Markers —1o. Direction of Travel 0 Non-Retroreflective Yellow Markers NOT TO SCALE Chapter 3A—General January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3A-9 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3A.106(CA). Right Edge Line and Right Edge Line Extension Through Intersections DETAIL 27B POLICY Right Edge tine Right Edge Line pattern for use on all State —► highways may be used on local streets and highways. It Is generally dropped at the 50mm(2in) beginning of the Intersection flares on conventional highways. See also Detail 27C. On freeways,it may be flared in advance of the exit ramp as shown to Figure 38-8(CA). -- Edp of Tnwhd Way DETAIL 27C Right Edge Line Extension Through Intersections 1LRtm R,Im Rolm Right Edge Line Extension Through 00 I 3.i6 m(12 R) I pfQ I 3.Ri m(12 ft) PM I Intersections pattern for use to extend the right edgeline through an intersection where climatic conditions, such as areas of heavy fog, may require additional guidance. LEGEND � 1 100 mm(4 In) White —W Direction of Travel NOT TO SCALE (This space left intentionally blank) Chapter 3A—General January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3A-16 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3A-112(CA). Channelizing Line and Lane L/ne/Centerllne Extensions DETAIL 38-Channelizing Line Ty POLICY 200 mm(8 In)While Line Pightt--Tum lanes on State higuhwaeys.P aveement —6omm(21n) Markers when used should be place on the [> LI 0+ through traffic side only. I 7.32 m(24 M I 112 m(24M Through Traffic --lo- DETAIL 38A-Channelizing Line Typical channelizing line for use on Left-Turn or 200 mm(8 in)White Line Right-Turn lanes on local streets and highways and freeway off-ramp terminals. DETAIL 38D-Channelizing Line at Exit Ramps 01 01 [1—somm(2in) Typical channelizing line for use on Exit Ramps. Pavement Markers as shown may also be placed 200 mm(8 in)While Line L on the line. 0 SO mm(2 in) 7.32 m(21 ft) I 7.32 m(24 R) I DETAIL 38C-Alternate to Detail 38 and 38B ]888881888888 IS I- I 7.32m(24ft) DETAIL 39-Bike Lane Line e 150 mm 6 In White Line DETAIL 39A-Bike Lane Intersection Line 30 m(100IQ b 00 m(200 t)-- -�D Inlersedia� u 2.44 m 122 m «« P ft1 I (4It) I 150 mm(6 in)While Line DETAIL 40-Lane Line Extension Through Intersections Q Q The Lane Line Extension Through Intersections ,. oaoni 1.03m line Is used to extend the lane line through an (1 nl I p fti I 100 mm(4 in)White Line Intersection that might otherwise be confusing to the motorist. - DETAIL 40A-Alternate to Detall 40 O O O O O O 11 14 I While Markers DETAIL 41- Centerline Extension Through Intersections 0 0 The Centerine Extension Through Intersections Us 14(R'i 1831 100 mm(4 In)Yellow Line Intersection that might the otherwise be confusing DETAIL 41A-Alternate to Detal141 to the motorist. 0 0 O O O O I123M 1 TO SCALE (4% I Yellow Markers LEGEND Q White Line Q Non-Retrorrflecttve Whke Harkens -► Diredbn of Travel Q Yellow Line Q Non-RNrorefkictive Yellow Markers 0 One-Way Clear Retroreffective Markers Chapter 3A-General January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-1 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revision)and 2,as amended for use in California) CHAPTER 3B.PAVEMENT AND CURB MARKINGS Section 311.01 Yellow Centerline Pavement Markin sand Warrants Standard: Centerline pavement markings,when used,shall be the pavement markings used to delineate the separation of traffic lanes that have opposite directions of travel on a roadway and shall be yellow. Option: Centerline pavement markings may be placed at a location that is not the geometric center of the roadway. On roadways without continuous centerline pavement markings,short sections may be marked with centerline pavement markings to control the position of traffic at specific locations,such as around curves, over hills,on approaches to highway-railroad grade crossings,at highway-railroad grade crossings,and at bridges. Standard: The centerline markings on two-lane,two-way roadways shall be one of the following as shown in Figure 311-1: A.Two-direction passing zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow line where crossing the centerline markings for passing with care is permitted for traffic traveling in either direction; B.One-direction no-passing zone markings consisting of a normal broken yellow line and a normal solid yellow line where crossing the centerline markings for passing with care is permitted for the traffic traveling adjacent to the broken line,but is prohibited for traffic traveling adjacent to the solid line; and C.Two-direction no-passing zone markings consisting of two normal solid yellow lines where crossing the centerline markings for passing is prohibited for traffic traveling in either direction. The centerline markings on undivided two-way roadways with four or more lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic always available shall be the two-direction no-passing zone markings consisting of two normal solid yellow lines as shown in Figure 311-2. Guidance: On two-way roadways with three through lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic,two lanes should be designated for traffic in one direction by using one-or two-direction no-passing zone markings as shown in Figure 311-3. Standard: Centerline markings shall be placed on all paved urban arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 6.1 in(20 ft)or more in width and an ADT of 6,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings shall also be placed on all paved two-way streets or highways that have three or more lanes for moving motor vehicle traffic. Guidance: Centerline markings should be placed on paved urban arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 6.1 m(20 ft)or more in width and an ADT of 4,000 vehicles per day or greater.Centerline markings should also be placed on all rural arterials and collectors that have a traveled way of 5.5 m(18 ft)or more in width and an ADT of 3,000 vehicles per day or greater. Centerline markings should also be placed on other traveled ways where an engineering study indicates such a need. Engineering judgment should be used in determining whether to place centerline markings on traveled ways that are less than 4.9 in(16 ft)wide because of the potential for traffic encroaching on the pavement edges,traffic being affected by parked vehicles,and traffic encroaching into the opposing traffic lane. Option: Centerline markings may be placed on other paved two-way traveled ways that are 4.9 m(16 ft)or more in width. U a traffic count is not available,the ADTs described in this Section may be estimates that are based on engineering judgment. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-2 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revision) and 2,as amended for use in California) Standard: Centerline patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figures 3A-101(CA)and 3A-104(CA). Raised retroreflective pavement markers shall be used to supplement the centerline markings on State highways,except in snow areas. Support: On horizontal curves with radii less than 1000 m(3280 ft)and without street lighting, Detail 22 instead of Detail 21 can be helpful in improving the delineation for centerline markings as it includes retroreflective raised pavement markers. Detail 22 can be applied in advance of the approach to the curve per Table 2C-4 and continued throughout the length of the curve. Refer to CVC 21460 for Double Lines. Refer to CVC 21460.5 for Two-Way Left-Turn Lanes. Standard: A left edge line shall consist of a solid 100 mm(4 in)wide yellow line,yellow reflective pavement markers or a combination of line and markers as shown in Figure 3A-105(CA). Option: Two normal solid yellow lines may be used as a left edge line on a divided roadway for more emphasis when motorists tend to use the shoulder for a through lane or where encroachments onto the shoulder occasionally occur. Support: Left edge line patterns for median islands are shown in Figure 3A-107(CA). Section 313.02 No-Passing Zone Pavement Markings and Warrants Standard: No-passing zones shall be marked by either the one direction no-passing zone pavement markings or the two-direction no-passing zone pavement markings described previously and shown in Figures 313-1 and 3B-3. When centerline markings are used,no-passing zone markings shall be used on two-way roadways at lane reduction transitions(see Section 313.09)and on approaches to obstructions that must be passed on the right(see Section 313.10). Ckddanees ".. VAere the distanee betwe as is less 4han 120 m(400 A),fie passing fflad «.... ..1+..,.1.7 GOERSO the ZOHOST Standard: , If the gap between successive no-passing zones is less than the sight distance for the prevailing speed I shown in Table 313-1,the no-passing zone shall be continuous. Where centerline markings are used,no-passing zone markings shall be used on approaches to highway-rail grade crossings in conformance with Section 8B.20. Option: In addition to pavement markings,no-passing zone signs(see Sections 213.29,213.30,and 2C.35)may be used to emphasize the existence and extent of a no-passing zone. Support: Section 11-307 of the"Uniform Vehicle Code(UVC)Revised"contains further information regarding no-passing zones.The"UVC"can be obtained from the National Committee on Uniform Traffic Laws and Ordinances at the address shown on Page i. Standard: On two-way,two-or three-lane roadways where centerline markings are installed,no-passing zones shall be established at vertical and horizontal curves and other locations where an engineering study indicates that passing must be prohibited because of inadequate sight distances or other special conditions. On three-lane roadways where the direction of travel in the center lane transitions from one direction to the other,a no-passing buffer zone shall be provided in the center lane as shown in Figure 3B4.A lane transition shall be provided at each end of the buffer zone. The buffer zone shall be a median island that is at least 15 m(50 ft)in length. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-3 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Guidance: For three-lane roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of for km/h(45 mph)or greater,the lane transition taper length should be computed by the formula L=0.62 WS for speeds in km/h(L=WS for speeds in mph).For roadways where the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/ii(45 mph),the formula L=WS2/155 for speeds in km/h(L=WS2/60 for speeds in mph)should be used to compute taper length.Under both formulas,L equals the taper length in meters(feet),W equals the width of the center lane or offset distance in meters(feet),and S equals the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit,whichever is higher. Standard: The minimum lane transition taper length shall be 30 m(100 ft)in urban areas and 60 m(200 ft) in rural areas. On roadways with centerline markings,no-passing zone markings shall be used at horizontal or vertical curves where the passing sight distance is less than the minimum necessary for reasonably safe passing at the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit as shown in Table 311-1.The passing sight distance on a vertical curve is the distance at which an object 1.07 m(3.5 ft)above the pavement surface can be seen from a point 1.07 m(3.5 ft)above the pavement(see Figure 3B-5). Similarly,the passing sight distance on a horizontal curve is the distance measured along the centerline(or right-hand lane line of a three-lane roadway)between two points 1.07 m(3.5 ft)above the pavement on a line tangent to the embankment or other obstruction that cuts off the view on the inside of the curve(see Figure 3111-5). Support: The beginning of a no-passing zone at point"a"in Figure 313-5 is that point where the sight distance first becomes less than that specified in Table 3B-1.The end of the no-passing zone at point"b"in Figure 313-5 is that point at which the sight distance again becomes greater than the minimum specified. Support: Refer to CVC 21750 through 21759 for overtaking and passing. Refer to CVC 21460 for Double Lines. CVC 21752 restricts passing(driving on left side of a two-way roadway)when approaching within 30 m(100 ft)of or when traversing any intersection or railroad grade crossing.CVC 21752 also restricts passing(driving on left side of a two-way roadway)when the view is obstructed upon approaching within 30 m(100 ft)of any bridge,viaduct,or tunnel. The patterns and policy for intersection markings are shown in Figure 3A-109(CA). Standard: No-passing zone patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figures 3A-103(CA)and 3A-104(CA). Guidance: The no-passing zone markings at intersections,when used,should be between 30 m(100 ft)and 90 m(300 ft)in length at the approach to an intersection and placed in a pattern as shown in Figure 3A-109(CA). Section 3B.03 Other Yellow Longitudinal Pavement Markings Standard: If reversible lanes are used,the lane line pavement markings on each side of reversible lanes shall consist of a normal double broken yellow line to delineate the edge of a lane in which the direction of travel is reversed from time to time,such that each of these markings serve as the centerline markings of the roadway during some period(see Figure 3B-6). Signs(see Section 2B.25),lane-use control signals(see Chapter 4J),or both shall be used to supplement reversible lane pavement markings. If a two-way left-turn lane that is never operated as a reversible lane is used,the lane line pavement markings on each side of the two-way left-turn lane shall consist of a normal broken yellow line and a normal solid yellow line to delineate the edges of a lane that can be used by traffic in either direction as part of a left-turn maneuver.These markings shall be placed with the broken line toward the two-way left-turn lane and the solid line toward the adjacent traffic lane as shown in Figure 311-7. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3BA (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Option: Pavement marking arrows may be used in conjunction with the two-way left-turn lane markings as shown in Figure 3131-7. Guideffee.t f Signs should may be used in conjunction with the two-way left turn markings(see Section 28.24). Standard: If a continuous median island formed by pavement markings separating travel in opposite directions is used,two sets of double solid yellow lines shall be used to form the island as shown in Figures 311-2 and 3134.Other markings in the median island area shall also be yellow,except crosswalk markings which shall be white(see Section 38.17). On State highways,reversible lanes shall be separated by physical barriers or delineators. Support: A two-way left-tum lane is a lane reserved in the center of a highway for exclusive use of left or U-turning vehicles. Refer to CVC 21460.5. It is normally used where there are many points of access. Standard: The two-way left-turn lane markings shall be selected from those shown in Figure 3A-108(CA). Option: Optional treatments at signalized, major and minor intersections as shown in Figure 3B-7(CA)may be used. Two-way opposing pavement arrows may be used as shown in Figure 313-7(CA).The arrows may be supplemented by Two-Way Left Turn Lane(R67(CA))sign at new installations and problem locations. Guidance: A gap in the markings should be made at all intersections. Support: For left turn channelization,see Figure 36-101(CA)and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual, Section 405.2.See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Channelized left-turn lanes in combination with continuous raised-curb medians are used instead of two-way left- turn lanes(TWLTL)if one or more of the following conditions exist: • Average daily traffic volumes exceed 20,000 vehicles per day • For remediation where there is a demonstrated crash problem, • Wherever a need is demonstrated through engineering study. Section 38.04 White Lane Line Pavement Markings and Warrants Standard: When used,lane line pavement markings delineating the separation of traffic lanes that have the same direction of travel shall be white. Support: Examples of lane line markings are shown in Figures 3B-2,3131-3,3B-7 through 3B-13,3B-22,3B-24-36- 23(CA),and 313-26. Standard: Where crossing the lane line markings with care is permitted,the lane line markings shall consist of a normal broken white line. Where crossing the lane line markings is discouraged,the lane line markings shall consist of a . normal solid white line. Option: Solid white lane line markings may be used to separate through traffic lanes from auxiliary lanes,such as uphill truck lanes,left-or right-turn lanes,and preferential lanes.They may also be used to separate traffic lanes approaching an intersection. Wide solid lane line markings may be used for greater emphasis. Standard: Where crossing the lane line markings is prohibited,the lane line markings shall consist of two - normal solid white lines. Lane line markings shall be used on all freeways and Interstate highways. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-5 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Guidance: Lane line markings should be used on all roadways with two or more adjacent traffic lanes that have the same direction of travel.Lane line markings should also be used at congested locations where the roadway will accommodate more traffic lanes with lane line markings than without the markings. Standard: Lane line patterns shall be selected from those shown in Figure 3A-102(CA).Detail 9 or 10(65 kmlh(40 mph) or less)or Detail 12 or 13(70 kmlh(45 mph)or more)shall be used on State freeways,expressways,freeway ramps,freeway to freeway connectors and collector roads,except when used in snow areas,the raised pavement markers will be recessed. Section 3B.05 Other White Longitudinal Pavement Markings Standard: A channelizing line shall be a wide or double solid white line. Option: Channelizing lines may be used to form channelizing islands where traffic traveling in the same direction is permitted on both sides of the island. Standard: Other pavement markings in the channelizing island area shall be white. Support: Examples of channelizing line applications are shown in Figures 3134 3B-8(CA),3B-9 3B-9(CA),and 313- 13. Channelizing lines at exit ramps as shown in Figure 313-8 3B-8(CA)define the neutral area,direct exiting traffic at the proper angle for smooth divergence from the main lanes into the ramp,and reduce the probability of colliding with objects adjacent to the roadway. Channelizing lines at entrance ramps as shown in Figure 313-9 3B-9(CA)promote reasonably safe and efficient merging with the through traffic. Standard: For exit ramps,channelizing lines shall be placed along the sides of the neutral area adjacent to the through traffic lane and the ramp lane.With a parallel deceleration lane,a 200 mm(8 in)wide dotted white lane drop line shall be extended from the beginning of the channelizing line upstream of the entire f distanee of one haff-the half-the length of the full-width deceleration lane as shown in Figure 313-5 313- 8(CA). Option: White chevron markings may be placed in the neutral area for special emphasis as shown in Figure 311~-8 3B-8(CA). Guidance: For entrance ramps,a channelizing line should be placed along the side of the neutral area adjacent to the ramp lane. For entrance ramps with a parallel acceleration lane,a lane line should be extended from the end of the channelizing line for a distance of one-hog the entire length of the full-width acceleration lane as shown in Figure 313-9 3B-9(CA). Option: For entrance ramps with a tapered acceleration lane,lane line markings may be placed to extend the channelizing line,but not beyond a point where the tapered lane meets the near side of the through traffic lane as shown in Figure 313-9 3B-9(CA). Standard: Lane drop markings as shown in Figure 3B 10 3B-10(CA)awy shall be used in advance of lane drops at exit ramps to distinguish a lane drop from a normal exit ramp or from an auxiliary lane. Option: The lane drop marking may consist of a wide,white dotted line with line segments 0.9 in(3 ft)in length separated by 2.7 in(9 ft)gaps. Guidance: January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-6 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) If used,lane drop markings should begin 800 m(0.5 mi)in advance of the theoretical gore point. If the dropped lane is an auxiliary lane 0.8 km(1/2 mi)or less in length,the lane drop line should extend throughout the entire length. Option: Where lane changes might cause conflicts,a wide solid white channelizing line may extend upstream from the theoretical gore point. Standard: The lane drop line pattern shall be as shown in Figure 3A-111(CA). Support: See Figures 3A-111(CA).3B-8(CA),3B-9(CA),38-10(CA), 3B-12(CA)and 3B-107(CA)for further details of markings and signing. Option: A 200 mm(8 in)wide single solid white line preceded by a 200 mm(8 in)wide dotted white line may be placed in advance of an intersection where the outside lane is dropped at the intersection,and as a result,creates a mandatory tum lane. Standard: If used,diagonal lines shall be the same color as the edge line. Section 3B.06 Edee Line Pavement Marlines Standard: If used,edge line pavement markings shall delineate the right or left edges of a roadway. Except for dotted edge line extensions(see Section 311.08),edge line markings shall not be continued through intersections or major driveways. If used on the roadways of divided highways or one-way streets,or on any ramp in the direction of travel,left edge line pavement markings shall consist of a normal solid yellow line to delineate the left .may edge of a roadway or to indicate driving or passing restrictions left of these markings. If used,the right edge line pavement markings shall consist of a normal solid white line to delineate the right edge of the roadway. Guidance: Edge line markings should not be broken for minor driveways. Support: Edge line markings have unique value as visual references to guide road users during adverse weather and visibility conditions. Option: Wide solid edge line markings may be used for greater emphasis. Standard: A right edge line shall consist of a solid 100 mm(4 in)wide white line. Guidance: The edge line should be placed 50 mm(2 in)in from the edge of traveled way,approximately 3.6 m(12 ft)from the lane line or centerline on highway mainlines,ramps,and connectors.See Figure 3A-106(CA). Generally,the solid edge line should be dropped at the beginning of intersection flares. Option: In heavy fog areas,or locations where additional guidance would be beneficial,a dotted 100 mm(4 in)wide white right edge line may be continued across an intersection. Support: Edge line is not used at turnouts.See Figure 38-108(CA). Standard: Exit and entrance ramps, including freeway connectors,shall be marked with a yellow edge line supplemented with yellow reflective pavement markers on the left and a white edge line on the right.See Figure ,.. 3A-105(CA). Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-7 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions) and 2,as amended for use in California) Section 3B.07 Warrants for Use of Edge Lines Standard: Edge line markings shall be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics: A.Freeways; B.Expressways; and C.Rural arterials with a traveled way of 6.1 m(20 ft)or more in width and an ADT of 6,000 vehicles per day or greater. Guidance: Edge line markings should be placed on paved streets or highways with the following characteristics: A.Rural arterials and collectors with a traveled way of 6.1 m(20 ft)or more in width and an ADT of 3,000 vehicles per day or greater. B.At other paved streets and highways where an engineering study indicates a need for edge line markings. Edge line markings should not be placed where an engineering study or engineering judgment indicates that providing them is likely to decrease safety. Option: Edge line markings may be placed on streets and highways with or without centerline markings. Edge line markings may be excluded,based on engineering judgment,for reasons such as if the traveled way edges are delineated by curbs,parking,bicycle lanes,or other markings. Edge line markings may be used where edge delineation is desirable to minimize unnecessary driving on paved shoulders or on refuge areas that have lesser structural pavement strength than the adjacent roadway. Standard: Edge lines shall be used on all State highways,except urban type streets with curbs and parking provisions. Option: The Two-Way Traffic(W6-3)sign may be used in conjunction with edge lines at locations where motorists could perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when,in fact,they are on a two lane,two-way highway.See Section 2C.34 for W6-3 sign. Section 3B.08 Extensions Through Intersections or Interchanges Standard: Pavement markings extended into or continued through an intersection or interchange area shall be the same color and t least the some"''"_°as the line markings they extend(see Figure 313-11). Option: A normal line may be used to extend a wide line through an intersection. Guidance: Where highway design or reduced visibility conditions make it desirable to provide control or to guide vehicles through an intersection or interchange,such as at offset,skewed,complex,or multilegged intersections,on curved roadways,or where multiple turn lanes are used,dotted line markings should be used to extend longitudinal line markings through an intersection or interchange area. Option: Dotted edge line extensions may be placed through intersections or major driveways. Guidance: Where greater restriction is required,solid lane lines or channelizing Lines should be extended into or continued through intersections or major driveways.However,edge lines should not be extended into or continued through intersections or major driveways as solid lines. A single line of equal width to one of the lines of the double line should be used to extend a double line through an intersection. To the extent possible,pavement marking extensions through intersections should be designed in a manner that minimizes potential confusion for drivers in adjacent or opposing lanes. Support: I See Figure 3A-112(CA),Detail 40 and 40A for lane line extensions. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 311-8 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions) and 2,as amended for use in California) Section 311.09 Lane Reduction Transition Markings Standard: Where pavement markings are used,lane reduction transition markings shall be used to guide traffic through transition areas where the number of through lanes is reduced,as shown in Figure A3- 4-2-3B-12(CA).On two-way roadways,no-passing zone markings shall be used to prohibit passing in the direction of the convergence,and shall continue through the transition area. Guidance: For roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 km/h(45 mph)or greater,the transition taper length for a lane reduction should be computed by the formula L=0.62 WS for speeds in km/h(L=WS for speeds in mph).For roadways where the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/h(45 mph),the formula L=WS2/155 for speeds in km/h(L=WS2/60 for speeds in mph)should be used to compute taper length.Under both formulas,L equals the taper length in meters(feet),W equals the width of the offset distance in meters(feet), and S equals the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit, whichever is higher. Where observed speeds exceed posted or statutory speed limits,longer tapers should be used. Option: On new construction,where no posted or statutory speed limit is established,the design speed may be used in the transition taper length formula. Guidance: Lane line markings should be discontinued one-quarter of the distance between the Lane Ends sign(see Section 2C.33)and the point where the transition taper begins. Edge line markings should be installed from the location of the warning sign to beyond the beginning of the narrower roadway. Support: Pavement markings at lane reduction transitions supplement the standard signs. Typical lane reduction transitions(four lane to two lane)and transitions from two lanes to four lanes are shown in Figure 313-12(CA). Section 3B.10 Approach Markings for Obstructions Standard: Pavement markings shall be used to guide traffic away from fixed obstructions within a paved " roadway.Approach markings for bridge supports,refuge islands,median islands,and raised channelization islands shall consist of a tapered line or lines extending from the centerline or the lane line to a point 0.3 to 0.6 in(1 to 2 ft)to the right side,or to both sides,of the approach end of the obstruction(see Figure 311-13). Guidance: For roadways having a posted or statutory speed limit of 70 km/h(45 mph)or greater,the taper length of the tapered line markings should be computed by the formula L=0.62 WS for speeds in km/h(L=WS for speeds in mph).For roadways where the posted or statutory speed limit is less than 70 km/h(45 mph),the formula L=WS2/155 for speeds in km/h(L=WS2/60 for speeds in mph)should be used to compute taper length.Under both formulas,L equals the taper length in meters(feet),W equals the width of the offset distance in meters(feet),and S equals the 85th-percentile speed or the posted or statutory speed limit, whichever is higher. Standard: The minimum taper length shall be 30 in(100 ft)in urban areas and 60 in(200 ft)in rural areas. Support: Examples of approach markings for obstructions in the roadway are shown in Figure 3B-13. Option: Where observed speeds exceed posted or statutory speed limits,longer tapers may be used. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 313-9 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Standard: If traffic is required to pass only to the right of the obstruction,the markings shall consist of a two- direction no-passing zone marking at least twice the length of the diagonal portion as determined by the appropriate taper formula(see Figure 3B-13). Option: If traffic is required to pass only to the right of the obstruction,yellow diagonal approach markings may be placed in the neutral area between the no-passing zone markings as shown in Figure 3B-13.Other markings,such as yellow delineators,raised pavement markers,and white crosswalk pavement markings, may also be placed in the neutral area. Standard: If traffic can pass either to the right or left of the obstruction,the markings shall consist of two channelizing lines diverging from the lane line,one to each side of the obstruction.In advance of the point of divergence,a solid wide white line or solid double normal white line shall be extended in place of the broken lane line for a distance equal to the length of the diverging lines(see Figure 3B-13). Option: If traffic can pass either to the right or left of the obstruction,additional white markings may be placed in the neutral area between the channelizing lines as shown in Figure 3B-13. Section 311.11 Raised Pavement Markers Standard: A raised pavement marker shall be a device with a height of at least 10 mm(0.4 in)mounted on or in a road surface that is intended to be used as a positioning guide or to supplement or substitute for pavement markings or to mark the position of a fire hydrant. The color of raised pavement markers under both daylight and nighttime conditions shall conform to the color of the marking for which they serve as a positioning guide,or for which they supplement or substitute. Option: Blue raised pavement markers may be used to mark the positions of fire hydrants. Support: Retroreflective and internally illuminated raised pavement markers are available in monodirectional and bidirectional configurations.The bidirectional marker is capable of displaying the applicable color for each direction of travel. Guidance: Nonretroreflective raised pavement markers should not be used alone,without supplemental retroreflective or internally illuminated markers,as a substitute for other types of pavement markings. Directional configurations should be used to maximize correct information and to minimize confusing information provided to the road user.Directional configurations also should be used to avoid confusion resulting from visibility of markers that do not apply to the road user. The spacing of raised pavement markers used to supplement or substitute for other types of longitudinal markings should correspond with the pattern of broken lines for which the markers supplement or substitute. Standard: tied-iiae.sl*oll-eqtwA 11114:111111 ll!!at 11:11:111;,,'es that4nigitt-im-adjoeent4o-or The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3A- 101(CA)through 3A-112(CA).See Section 3A.05. Support: Figures 9-20 through 9-22 in the"Traffic Control Devices Handbook"(see Section lA.1 l)contain additional information regarding the spacing of raised pavement markers on longitudinal markings. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-10 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revision)and 2,as amended for use in California) Support: Raised pavement markers are not normally placed where snow plows would damage the markers and require an unusual amount of replacement. Guidance: When used in these areas,they should be recessed,as shown in Department of Transportation's Standard Plan A20-D.See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Advance Markers Option: Advance Markers at exit ramps may be used to help motorists locate exit ramps in heavy fog areas. Support: The Advance Markers consist of a 3-2-1 countdown pattern of one-way clear reflective pavement markers.The pattern consists of three markers placed on the right shoulder 640 m(2100 ft)in advance of the neutral area(gore),two markers at 425 m(1400 ft)and one marker at 215 m(700 ft).The markers are placed on a line perpendicular to the lane line at 0.3 m(1 ft)spacing beginning 50 mm(2 in)off the edge of traveled way. Location Markers for Fire Hydrants Option: Blue raised reflective pavement markers,may be placed on a highway,street,or road,to mark fire hydrant and/or water supply locations. Standard: The blue raised reflective pavement markers shall not be used for any other purpose. Local agencies shall not place blue reflective pavement markers on a State highway unless they first obtain an encroachment permit from the Department of Transportation.The agency responsible for the placement shall also be responsible for the maintenance and replacement.See Section 13060,of the Health and Safety Code. See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Guidance: , In general,the blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 150 mm(6 in)from the centerline stripe,or approximate center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe,on the side nearest the fire hydrant. When placed on expressways,freeways and freeway ramps,they should be placed on the shoulder,0.31 m(1 ft)to the right of the edge line,opposite the fire hydrant.Typical marker locations are shown on Figure 3B-102(CA). Option: Because fire hydrants adjacent to freeways may be out of the right-of-way and,in many locations,out of view from the freeway,some fire districts may want to install small supplemental signs(S9(CA)and S10(CA))or markings to identify the hydrant number or distance to the hydrant.These installations are optional and at the discretion of the Department of Transportation's Districts. Section 3B.12 Raised Pavement Markers as Vehicle Positioning Guides with Other Longitudinal Markings Option: Raised pavement markers may be used as positioning guides with longitudinal line markings without ` necessarily conveying information to the road user about passing or lane-use restrictions.In such applications,markers may be positioned between the two lines of a one-way or two-way no-passing zone marking or positioned in line with or immediately adjacent to single solid or broken centerline or lane line markings. bar(see tien 3R.1 � Option: 1 Where it is desired to alert the road user to changes in the travel path,such as on sharp curves or on transitions that reduce the number of lanes or that shift traffic laterally,the spacing Iess shown in Details 16, 17, 19,20,22 or 23 may be used. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Marldngs January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-11 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions)and 2,as amended for use in California) 14A used for On e Standard: The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3A- 101(CA)through 3A-112(CA).See Section 3A.05. Section 3B.13 Raised Pavement Markers Supplementing Other Markings Guidance: The use of raised pavement markers for supplementing longitudinal line markings should conform to th e following: A.Lateral Positioning 1. When supplementing double line markings,pairs of raised pavement markers placed laterally in line with or immediately outside of the two lines should be used. 2.When supplementing wide line markings,pairs of raised pavement markers placed laterally adjacent to each other should be used. B.Longitudinal Spacing FIFINUF -l::n; � sing-af-tre greateF-tlun-1't,�-s�rl simu}kbe-used 3. When supplementing dotted line markings,a spacing appropriate for the application should be used. 4.When supplementing longitudinal line markings through at-grade intersections,one raised pavement marker for each short line segment should be used. } TT 1. •1.7 4. e Standard: The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3 - 101(CA)through 3A-112(CA).See Se.ction 3A.05. Option: Raised pavement markers also may be used to supplement other markings for channelizing island or approaches to obstructions. Section 3B.14 Raised Pavement Markers Substituting for Pavement Markings Option: Retroreflective or internally illuminated raised pavement markers,or nonretroreflective raised pavement markers supplemented by retroreflective or internally illuminated markers,may be substituted for markings of other types. Guidance: If used,the pattern and color of the raised pavement markers should simulate the pa em and color oft the markings for which they substitute. The normal spacing of raised pavement markers,when substituting for other markings,should be determined in terms of the standard length of the broken line segment. Option: The side of a raised pavement marker that is visible to traffic proceeding in the wrong direction may be red. Standard: If raised pavement markers are used to substitute for broken line markings,shall be of three o is gFeeteF-41Hi;1:,1 "1111114.1 (see Seetioit-M-.44) five markers er th""- 7"'I'° sib" January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-12 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) markers,for 3 .At least one retroreflective or internally illuminated marker per group shall be used or a retroreflective or Internally illuminated marker shall be installed midway in each gap between successive groups of nonretroreflective markers. When raised pavement markers to-16F solid-lnne tin ,the markers Shan be equally spneed at no greater than PW4,m4th r-etrorefleetive or internally Illuminated units at a speeing no greater4han-N/1- The widths and patterns of raised pavement markers shall conform to the details shown in Figures 3A- 101(CA)through 3A-112(CA).See Section 3A.05. Guidance: Raised pavement markers should not substitute for right edge line markings. Standard= When raised--avem eat markers subs"Nute For doRed lines,they shall be spseed at no gFea4er4han M4,with not 1p-574-4-h—Aft oftep ralsed pavement marker per dotted Kne.At least one raised marker-every N shell be retr ..a a• Internally Illumine. a Option: When substituting for wide lines,raised pavement markers may be placed laterally adjacent to each other to simulate the width of the line. Standard: If used on State highways,internally-illuminated raised pavement markers shall be installed by an encroachment permit and include a maintenance agreement as a provision of the permit for the service life of the markers. Section 313.15 Transverse Markings Standard: Transverse markings,which include shoulder markings,word and symbol markings,stop lines, yield lines,crosswalk lines,speed measurement markings,speed hump markings,parking space markings,and others,shall be white unless otherwise specified herein. Guidance: Because of the low approach angle at which pavement markings are viewed,transverse lines should be proportioned to provide visibility equal to that of longitudinal lines. Standard: Pavement marking letters,numerals,and symbols shall be installed in accordance with the Pavement Markings chapter of the"Standard Highway Signs"book(see Section 1A.11). Crosswalk markings near schools shall be yellow.Refer to CVC 21368 and Part 7. Support: Refer to Department of Transportation's Standard Plans for pavement marking letters,numerals and symbols.See Section 1A.I I for information regarding this publication Section 313.16 Stop and Yield Lines Standard: If used,stop lines shall consist of solid white lines extending across approach lanes to indicate the point at which the stop is intended or required to be made. If used,yield lines(see Figure 3B-14 3B-14(CA))shall consist of a row of solid white isosceles triangles pointing toward approaching vehicles extending across approach lanes to indicate the point at which the yield is intended or required to be made. Guidance: Stop lines should be 300 to 600 mm(12 to 24 in)wide. Stop lines should be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to stop,in compliance with a STOP(RI-1)sign,traffic control signal,or some other traffic control device,except YIELD signs. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-13 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) The individual triangles comprising the yield line should have a base of 300-fe-600 mm(fie 24 in) wide and a height equal to 1.5 times the base.The space between the triangles should be 754o-300 mm(34e 12 in). Option: Yield lines may be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to yield in compliance with a YIELD(RI-2)sign or a Yield Here to Pedestrians(RI-5 or Rl-5a)sign. Guidance: If used,stop and yield lines should be placed a minimum of 1.2 in(4 ft)in advance of the nearest crosswalk line at controlled intersections,except for yield lines at roundabout intersections as provided for in Section 3B.24 and at midblock crosswalks.In the absence of a marked crosswalk,the stop line or yield line should be placed at the desired stopping or yielding point,but should be placed no more than 9 in(30 ft)nor less than 1.2 in(4 ft)from the nearest edge of the intersecting traveled way.Stop lines should be placed to allow sufficient sight distance to all other approaches to an intersection. If used at an unsignalized midblock crosswalk,yield lines should be placed adjacent to the Yield Here to Pedestrians sign located 6.1 to 15 in(20 to 50 ft)in advance of the nearest crosswalk line,and parking should be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk(see Figure 3B-15). Stop lines at midblock signalized locations should be placed at least 12 m(40 ft)in advance of the nearest signal indication(see Section 4D.15). Support: Drivers who yield too close to crosswalks on multi-lane approaches place pedestrians at risk by bloc g other drivers'views of pedestrians. Support: As defined in CVC 377,a"limit line"is a solid white line not less than 300 mm(12 in)nor more than 600 mm(24 in) wide,extending across a roadway or any portion thereof to indicate the point at which traffic is required to stop in compliance with legal requirements. Standard: For all purposes,limit line(s)as defined per CVC 377shall mean stop line(s). A limit line shall be placed in conjunction with STOP(R1-1)signs on paved approaches,except where marked crosswalk exists. Guidance: If a sidewalk exists,the limit line should be placed in advance of an unmarked crosswalk area. Option: A limit line may be placed in advance of a crosswalk where vehicles are required to stop,in compliance with a STOP (R1-1)sign,traffic control signal or some other traffic control device. Support: If a marked crosswalk is in place,it would normally function as a limit line. Typical limit line markings are shown in Figure 3B-103(CA). Standard: The individual triangles comprising the yield line shall have a base of 0.6 in(2 ft)wide and a height of 0.9 m (3 ft).The space between the triangles shall be 0.3 m(1 ft). Support: Figure 3B-14(CA)shows typical yield line layout for streets and highways. Section 3B.17 Crosswalk larldnes Support: Crosswalk markings provide guidance for pedestrians who are crossing roadways by defining an delineating paths on approaches to and within signalized intersections,and on approaches to other intersections where traffic stops. Crosswalk markings also serve to alert road users of a pedestrian crossing point across roadways not controlled by highway traffic signals or STOP signs. le all establish the crosswalk. At nonintersection locations,crosswalk marking, gaily January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-14 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Standard: When crosswalk lines are used,they shall consist of solid white lines that mark the crosswalk.They I shall be not less than 430-iHn46 300 mm(12 in)nor greater than 600 mm(24 in)in width. Guidance: If transverse lines are used to mark a crosswalk,the gap between the lines should not be less than 1.8 in (6 ft).If diagonal or longitudinal lines are used without transverse lines to mark a crosswalk,the crosswalk should be not less than 1.8 in(6 ft)wide. Crosswalk lines,if used on both sides of the crosswalk,should extend across the full width of pavement or to the edge of the intersecting crosswalk to discourage diagonal walking between crosswalks(see Figures 3B-15 and 3B-16). Crosswalks should be marked at all intersections where there is substantial conflict between vehicular and pedestrian movements. Marked crosswalks also should be provided at other appropriate points of pedestrian concentration,such as at loading islands,midblock pedestrian crossings,or where pedestrians could not otherwise recognize the proper place to cross. Crosswalk lines should not be used indiscriminately.An engineering study should be performed before they are installed at locations away from highway traffic signals or STOP signs. Because nonintersection pedestrian crossings are generally unexpected by the road user,warning signs (see Section 2C.41)should be installed and adequate visibility should be provided by parking prohibitions. Support: Section 3B.16 contains information regarding placement of stop line markings near crosswalk markings. Option: For added visibility,the area of the crosswalk may be marked with white diagonal lines at a 45-degree angle to the line of the crosswalk or with white longitudinal lines parallel to traffic flow as shown in Figure 3B-16. When diagonal or longitudinal lines are used to mark a crosswalk,the transverse crosswalk lines may be omitted.This type of marking may be used at locations where substantial numbers of pedestrians cross without any other traffic control device,at locations where physical conditions are such that added visibility of the crosswalk is desired,or at places where a pedestrian crosswalk might not be expected. Guidance: If used,the diagonal or longitudinal lines should be 300 to 600 mm(12 to 24 in)wide and spaced 300 to 1500 mm(12 to 60 in)apart.The marking design should avoid the wheel paths,and the spacing should not exceed 2.5 times the line width. Option: When an exclusive pedestrian phase that permits diagonal crossing is provided at a traffic control signal, a marking as shown in Figure 3B-17 may be used for the crosswalk. Standard: Crosswalk markings near schools shall be yellow as provided in CVC 21368.See Part 7. Option: Pedestrian crosswalk markings may be placed at intersections,representing extensions of the sidewalk lines,or on any portion of the roadway distinctly indicated for pedestrian crossing.Refer to CVC 275. Guidance: In general,crosswalks should not be marked at intersections unless they are intended to channelize pedestrians. Emphasis is placed on the use of marked crosswalks as a channelization device. The following factors may be considered in determining whether a marked crosswalk should be used: • Vehicular approach speeds from both directions. • Vehicular volume and density. • Vehicular turning movements. • Pedestrian volumes. • Roadway width. • Day and night visibility by both pedestrians and motorists. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-15 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions and 2,as amended for use in California) • Channelization is desirable to clarify pedestrian routes for sighted or sight impaired pedestrians. • Discouragement of pedestrian use of undesirable routes. • Consistency with markings at adjacent intersections or within the same intersection. Option: Crosswalk markings may be established between intersections(mid-block)in accordance with CVC 21106(a). Guidance: Mid-block pedestrian crossings are generally unexpected by the motorist and should be discouraged unless,in the opinion of the engineer,there is strong justification in favor of such installation.Particular attention should be given to roadways with two or more traffic lanes in one direction as a pedestrian may be hidden from view by a vehicle yielding the right-of-way to a pedestrian. Option: When diagonal or longitudinal lines are used to mark a crosswalk,the transverse crosswalk lines may be omitted. Standard: However,when the factor that determined the need to mark a crosswalk is the clarification of pedestrian routes for sight-impaired pedestrians,the transverse crosswalk lines shall be marked. Option: At controlled approaches,limit lines(stop lines)help to define pedestrian paths and are therefore a factor the engineer may consider in deciding whether or not to mark the crosswalk. Where it is desirable to remove a marked crosswalk,the removal may be accomplished by repaving or surface treatment. Guidance: A marked crosswalk should not be eliminated by allowing it to fade out or be worn away. Support: The worn or faded crosswalk retains its prominent appearance to the pedestrian at the curb,but is less visible tot the approaching driver. Standard: Notification to the public shall be given at least 30 days prior to the scheduled removal of an existing marked crosswalk.The notice of proposed removal shall inform the public how to provide input related to the scheduled removal and shall be posted at the crosswalk identified for removal.Refer to CVC 21950.5 Option: Signs may be installed at or adjacent to an intersection directing that pedestrians shall not cross in a crosswalk indicated at the intersection in accordance with CVC 21106(b). White PED XING pavement markings may be placed in each approach lane to a marked crosswalk,except at intersections controlled by traffic signals or STOP or YIELD signs. Section 3B.18 Parking Space Markings Support: Marking of parking space boundaries encourages more orderly and efficient use of parking spaces where, parking turnover is substantial.Parking space markings tend to prevent encroachment into fire hydrant zones, bus stops,loading zones,approaches to intersections,curb ramps,and clearance spaces for islands and other zones where parking is restricted.Examples of parking space markings arc shown in Figure 3"313-18(CA). Standard: Parking space markings shall be white. Option: Blue lines may supplement white parking space markings of each parking space designated for use only by persons with disabilities. Support: Additional parking space markings for the purpose of designating spaces for use only by persons with disabilities are discussed in Section 3B.19 and illustrated in Figure -1 g 313-19(CA). Support: Refer to CVC 22500 through 22522 for parking space markings. Refer to Section 213.39 for Parking Regulations. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-16 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions) and 2,as amended for use in California) Policy on Parkins Restrictions Option: Local authorities may,by ordinance,provide for the establishment of parking meter zones and cause streets and highways to be marked with white lines designating parking spaces.Refer to CVC Section 22508. Standard: Where the proposed zones are on State highways,the ordinances shall be approved by the Department of Transportation. Local authorities shall furnish a sketch or map showing the definite location of all parking meter stalls on State highways before departmental approval is given. Support: The District Directors have been delegated the authority to approve such ordinances. The desirable dimensions of parking meter stalls are 2.4 m(8 ft)by 7.3 m(24 ft)with a minimum length of 6.1 m(20 ft). Guidance: At all intersections,one stall length on each side measured from the crosswalk or end of curb return should have parking prohibited.A clearance of 1.8 m(6 ft)measured from the curb return should be provided at alleys and driveways. At signalized intersections parking should be prohibited for a minimum of two stall lengths on the near side and one stall length on the far side.See Figure 313-18(CA). Standard: The departmental approval for the installation of the parking meters shall be covered by an encroachment permit. Option: ,, Local authorities may by ordinance permit angle parking.Refer to CVC 22503. Support: Department of Transportation does not approve ordinances establishing angle parking on State highways. , Diagonal parking stalls are not permitted on State highways. Section 3B.19 Pavement Word and Symbol Markines Support: Word and symbol markings on the pavement are used for the purpose of guiding,warning,or regulating traffic.Symbol messages are preferable to word messages.Examples of standard word and arrow pavement markings are shown in Figures 38-29 313-20(CA)and 3B 21-38-21(CA). Normally,pavement word and symbol markings supplement standard signing. Standard: Word and symbol markings shall be white,except as otherwise noted in this Section. Guidance: , Letters and numerals should be 1 8 m-(6f)2.44 m(8 ft)or more in height. Word and symbol markings should not exceed three lines of information. If a pavement marking word message consists of more than one line of information,it should read in the direction of travel.The first word of the message should be nearest to the road user. Except for the two opposing arrows of a two-way left-turn lane marking(see Figure 313-7),the longitudinal space between word or symbol message markings,including arrow markings,should be at least four times the height of the characters for low-speed roads,but not more than ten times the height of the characters under any conditions. The number of different word and symbol markings used should be minimized to provide effective guidance and avoid misunderstanding. Except as noted in the Option,pavement word and symbol markings should be no more than one lane in width. optieft The SCHOOL word mwk4ag may e*tend to the width of twe appr-e ah lanes(see Seeties4G4*). I Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-17 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions and 2,as amended for use in California) Guidaffeei aPPF When the SQ100b WeF&+Rafkiftgis-": Standard: If used,the SCHOOL pavement marking shown In Figure 3B-20(CA)and 7C-101(CA)shall be used and it shall be restricted to a single lane(See Section 7C.06). Word and symbol markings near schools shall be yellow as provided in CVC 21368.See Part 7. Option: Pavement word and symbol markings*heel d may be proportionally sealed spaced to fit within the width of the facility upon which they are applied. Option: On narrow,low-speed shared-use paths,the pavement words and symbols may be smaller than suggested,but to the relative scale. Standard: shall be laced in each The International Symbol of Accessibility parking space markings msy P parking space designated for use by persons with disabilities.A blue background with white border stay shall supplement the wheelchair symbol as shown in Figure 3B4.9 313-19(CA). If used,new construction of accessible off-street parking spaces,and,loading and unloading areas shall include pavement marking details shown on Figure 3B-19(CA),or as shown on the Department's Revised Standard Plan A90A.The loading and unloading area shall be marked by a border and hatched lines.The border shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space (blue or white paint is preferred). If used,new construction of accessible on-street parking shall include a blue painted curb,as shown on the Department's Revised Standard Plan A90B.If on-street parking designated and designed for persons with disabilities includes a loading and unloading area,it shall be marked by a border and hatched lines.The border shall be painted blue and the hatched lines shall be painted a suitable contrasting color to the parking space (blue or white paint is preferred). Loading and unloading areas shall include the words"NO PARKING"within the blue border and shall be painted in white letters no less than 0.3 m(12 in)high(See detail in Figure 38-19(CA)).Refer to California Code of Regulations Title 24,Section 1129B.4. Standard: Where through traffic lanes approaching an intersection become mandatory turn lanes,lane-use arrow markings(see Figure 3111 3B-21(CA))shall be used and shall be accompanied by standard signs. Lane use,lane reduction,and wrong-way arrow markings shall be designed as shown in Figure 3B-2! 36-21(CA). Guidance: Where through lanes become mandatory turn lanes,signs or markings should be repeated as necessary to prevent entrapment and to help the road user select the appropriate lane in advance of reaching a queue of waiting vehicles. Option: Lane-use arrow markings(see Figure 3-2 i 313-21(CA))may be used to convey either guidance or mandatory messages.The ONLY word marking(see Figure 3B 20 3B-20(CA))may be used to supplement lane-use arrow markings(see Figure 313-22). In situations where a lane reduction transition occurs,the lane reduction arrow markings shown in Figure M 2.1.3B-21(CA)maybe used. Guidance: Where crossroad channelization or ramp geometri es do not make wrong-way movements difficult,a lane-use arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near the crossroad terminal where it will be clearly visible to a potential wrong-way road user(see Figure 3B 29 3B-23(CA)). January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-18 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Option: The wrong-way arrow markings shown in Figure 3 B 2138-21(CA)may be placed near the downstream terminus of a ramp as shown in Figures 3B-23 3B-23(CA)and 3B24 to indicate the correct direction of traffic flow and to discourage drivers from traveling in the wrong direction. A yield-ahead triangle symbol or YIELD AHEAD word pavement marking may be used on approaches to intersections where the approaching traffic will encounter a YIELD sign at the intersection(see Figure 3B- 25). Support: Lane-use arrow markings are often used to provide guidance in turn bays(see Figure 313-22),where turns may or may not be mandatory,and in two-way left-turn lanes(see Figure 313-7). Arrows: Standard: Where a turning movement is mandatory,an arrow marking accompanied by a regulatory sign shall be used.However,when an additional clearly marked lane is provided for the approach to the turning movement, the sign is not required.Refer to CVC 22101, Support: Examples of entrance/exit ramp terminal signs and pavement markings are shown in Figure 3B-23(CA). Guidance: The Type V arrows and warning signs,as shown in Figure 313-104(CA),should be used at locations where motorists could perceive that they are on a one-way roadway when,in fact,they are on a two lane, two-way highway. Following are some typical situations: • Construction sites where a two-lane highway is being converted to a freeway or an expressway. • Two-lane,two-way highways where ultimate freeway or expressway right-of-way has been purchased and grading for the full width has been completed. • Two-lane,two-way highways following long sections of multi-lane freeway or expressway. Exit Ramp Arrows: Standard: A minimum of two pavement arrows shall be placed on each freeway exit ramp lane. A Type V arrow shall be the first arrow,on the ramp,in the direction of travel when exiting the freeway. Where a mandatory movement is required,a Type I,II,III,IV,VII,or Vlll arrow shall be placed with its point . approximately 6.10 m(20 ft)preceding the limit line,crosswalk or"STOP"pavement legend.Where no mandatory movement is required,a Type V arrow shall be used at this location. All other additional arrows,when used,shall be a minimum of 7.32 m(24 ft)in length. All arrows shall be placed in the center of the lane and spaced approximately 30 m(100 ft)to 90 m(300 ft) apart. Guidance: The actual position and spacing should be determined in the field to provide the optimum visibility for traffic that may attempt to enter the exit ramp in the wrong direction. Support: „ See Figures 3B-21(CA)and 3B-23(CA). Entrance Ramp Arrows: Standard: A minimum of one Type I arrow,not less than 5.49 m(18 ft)in length,shall be positioned in the center of each freeway entrance ramp lane so that it is clearly in view of a right-way driver. Guidance: The distance between arrows,when more than one per lane is needed,should be 30 m(100 ft)to 90 m(300 ft).The Type V arrow should not be used on entrance ramps. Support: - See Figures 3B-21(CA)and 3B-23(CA). Additional information on signing of ramp terminals is shown in Section 2E.50. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings a Page 3B-19 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions)and 2,as amended for use in California) Turn Lane Arrows: Standard: One directional arrow,a minimum of 2.44 m(8 ft)in length,shall be placed in the center of each turning lane near the point of entrance. Option: High approach speeds may justify the use of a longer arrow.Two or more arrows may be placed in long turning lanes. Support: See Figures 313-7(CA)and 313-101(CA). Support: Refer to Section 2E.50 for Wrong-Way Traffic Control at Interchange Ramps. Option: Word and symbol markings may include,but are not limited to,the following.Other words or symbols may also be used under certain conditions. A.Regulatory: 1. STOP 2. RIGHT(LEFT)TURN ONLY 3. 40 km/h(25 MPH) 4. Arrow Symbols B.Warning: 1. STOP AHEAD 2. YIELD AHEAD 3. YIELD AHEAD Triangle Symbol 4. SCHOOL XING 5. SIGNAL AHEAD 6. PED XING 7. SCHOOL 8. RXR 9. BUMP 10. HUMP C. Guide: 1. US 40 2. STATE 135 3. ROUTE 40 Standard: Except at the ends of aisles in parking lots,the word STOP shall not be used on the pavement unless accompanied by a stop line(see Section 311.16)and STOP sign(see Section 2B.04).At the ends of aisles in parking lots,the word STOP shall not be used on the pavement unless accompanied by a stop line. The word STOP shall not be placed on the pavement in advance of a stop line,unless every vehicle is required to stop at all times. The yield-ahead triangle symbol or YIELD AHEAD word pavement marking shall not be used unless a YIELD sign(see Section 2B.08)is in place at the intersection.The yield-ahead symbol marking shall be as shown in Figure 3B-25. Guidance: A STOP pavement marking should be placed on all but minor approaches to State highways not controlled by signals. Option: Pavement markings with appropriate figures may be used to supplement speed limit signs.See Section 213.13. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-20 01WA's MUTCD 2003 including Revision) and 2,as amended for use in California) Section 3B.20 Steed Measurement Markines Support: A speed measurement marking is a transverse marking placed on the roadway to assist the enforcement of speed regulations. Standard: Speed measurement markings,if used,shall be white,and shall not be greater than 600 mm(24 in) in width. Option: Speed measurement markings may extend 600 mm(24 in)on either side of the centerline or 600 mm(24 in)on either side of edge line markings at 400 m(0.25 mi)intervals over a 1.6 km(1 mi)length of roadway. When paved shoulders of sufficient width are available,the speed measurements markings may be placed entirely on these shoulders.Advisory signs may be used in conjunction with these markings(see l :igam 313 4-0 3B-105(CA)). Support: The California Highway Patrol patrols certain highways with both helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft.The purpose of the patrol is to monitor traffic,provide motorist assistance and initiate appropriate enforcement action. In order to make the air patrol effective,the California Highway Patrol and Department of Transportation have agreed upon markings and signs as shown in Figure 3B-105(CA). Option: Speed measurement markings may be placed on the right shoulder in areas patrolled by aircraft as requested by the California Highway Patrol. Standard: Where there is an equation of more than 30 m(100 ft)in a 1.6 km(1 mi)posting,a white'X'pavement marking shall be placed at each end of the section to indicate the markings are less than 1.6 km(1 mi)apart. Guidance: The SPEED ENFORCED BY AIRCRAFT(R48-2(CA))sign should be used for both directions of travel and should be spaced at 40 km(25 mi)intervals. Pavement marking should be placed on the shoulder in one direction only,except where the opposing roadway is widely separated. Option: In areas where identifying features are widely separated,white 0.91 m(3 ft)high post kilometer(mile)numbers may be placed at 8 km(5 mi)points where needed for aircraft reference. Standard: Markings shall not be on the traveled way. Option: If routes with narrow shoulders are requested for marking,the standard marking shape may be modified to provide an equivalent area without encroaching on the traveled way or the Alternate Marking System described. :.. Support: The Alternate Marking System is a 200 mm(8 in)wide solid white longitudinal line,6.1 m(20 ft)in length and in line with the right edge line.It is preceded and followed by a 6.1 m(20 ft)gap in the right edge line. Section 3B.21 Curb Markin—as Support: Curb markings are most often used to indicate parking regulations or to delineate the curb. Standard: Signs shall be used with curb markings in those areas where curb markings are frequently obliterated by snow and ice accumulation unless the no parking zone is controlled by statute or local ordinance. Where curbs are marked,the colors shall conform to the general principles of markings(see Section 3A.04). Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings I Page 3B-21 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Guidance: Except as noted in the Option,when curb markings are used without signs to convey parking regulations, a legible word marking regarding the regulation(such as"No Parking"or"No Standing")should be placed on the curb. Option: Curb markings without word markings or signs may be used to convey a general prohibition by statute o parking within a specified distance of a STOP sign,driveway,fire hydrant,or crosswalk. ki slit 1 11 11t; island that are leeate&4ii���� 6uide�se: ebsuuetieff. F Support: Refer to Chapter 3C(Object Markers)for marking noses of raised medians and curbs of islands. par"1gregu1aEien-.Refer to CVC,21458 quot=ater in this section. Support: Since yellow and white curb markings are frequently used for curb delineation and visibility,it is advisable to establish parking regulations through the installation of standard signs(see Sections 2B.39 through 2B.41). Where the curbs of the islands become parallel to the direction of traffic flow,it is not necessary to mark the curbs unless an engineering study indicates the need for this type of delineation. Curbs at openings in a continuous median island need not be marked unless an engineering study indicates the need for this type of marking. Support: Refer to Section 213.39 for Parking Regulations. In California,curb markings are not used for delineating traffic.They are mainly used for parking regulations. Standard: The color of curb markings shall conform to CVC 21458 quoted below: (a)Whenever local authorities enact local parking regulations and indicate them by the use of paint upon curbs,the following colors only shall be used,and the colors indicate as follows: (1)Red indicates no stopping,standing,or parking,whether the vehicle is attended or unattended, except that a bus may stop in a red zone marked or sign posted as a bus loading zone. (2)Yellow Indicates stopping only for the purpose of loading or unloading passengers or freight for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (3)White indicates stopping for either of the following purposes: (A)Loading or unloading of passengers for the time as may be specified by local ordinance. (B)Depositing mail in an adjacent mailbox. (4)Green indicates time limit parking specified by local ordinance. (5)Blue indicates parking limited exclusively to the vehicles of disabled persons and disabled veterans. (b)Regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision(a)shall be effective on days and during hours or times as prescribed by local ordinances. Parking regulations shall be covered by ordinance or order of the authority having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Option: Curb markings may supplement standard signs. Prohibitions or restrictions enacted by local authorities under Sections 22506 or 22507 may be indicated by marking curbs as prescribed by CVC Section 21458. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-22 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions)and 2,as amended for use in California) Policy on Parkina Restrictions Support: Loading Zones-Local authorities are authorized by Section 21112 of the CVC to license and regulate the location of stands on streets and highways for use of taxicabs and other public carriers for hire.Where such stands are located on State highways,and highway maintenance is not delegated to the local authority,the approval of the Department is required.The District Directors have been delegated authority to approve local ordinances establishing such stands. Loading zone ordinances restricted for certain segments of traffic such as"hotel patrons only'will not be approved. Bus stand ordinances are generally approved. Standard: Whenever practicable,bus stands shall be located on the far side of the intersection. Section 3B.22 Preferential Lane Word and Symbol Markinas Standard: When a lane is assigned full or part time to a particular class or classes of vehicles,preferential lane markings shall be used. Signs or signals shall be used with preferential lane word or symbol markings. All preferential lane word and symbol markings shall be white. All preferential lane word and symbol markings shall be positioned laterally in the center of the preferred-use lane. Support: Preferential lanes identify a wide variety of special uses,including,but not limited to,high-occupancy vehicle(HOV)lanes,bicycle lanes,bus only lanes,taxi only lanes,and light rail transit only. Standard: Where a preferential lane use is established,the preferential lane shall be marked with one or more of the following symbol or word markings for the preferential lane use specified: A.HOV lane—the preferential lane use marking for high-occupancy vehicle lanes shall consist of white lines formed in a diamond shape symbol or the word message HOV.The diamond shall be at least 0.75 m(2.5 ft)wide and 3.7 m(12 ft)in length.The lines shall be at least 150 mm(6 in) in width. B.Bicycle lane—the preferential lane use marking for a bicycle lane shall consist of a bicycle symbol or the word marking BIKE LANE(see Chapter 9C and Figures 9C-1 and 9C-3 through 9C-6). C.Bus only lane—the preferential lane use marking for a bus only lane shall consist of the word marking BUS ONLY. D.Taxi only lane—the preferential lane use marking for a taxi only lane shall consist of the word marking TAXI ONLY. ow E.Light rail transit lane—the preferential lane use marking for a light rail transit lane shall consist of the letter T. F.Other preferential lane use markings shall be identified in accordance with Section 3B.23. If two or more preferential lane uses are permitted in a single lane,the symbol or word marking for each preferential lane use shall be installed. Guidance: Engineering judgment should determine the need for supplemental devices such as tubular markers, traffic cones,or flashing lights. Support: The spacing of the markings is an engineering judgment that is based on the prevailing speed,block lengths,distance from intersections,and other factors that affect clear communication to the road user. Markings spaced as close as 24 m(80 R)apart might be appropriate on City streets,while markings spaced 380 in(1, }150 m(500 ft)might be appropriate for freeways(Refer to HOV Guidelines)and 56 m(180 ft)for onramps(Refer to Ramp Meter Design Manual).See Section 1A.11 for information regarding these publications. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 311-23 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions)and 2,as amended for use in California) sequenese after-the diamend e-. �-iutele-essup Support: For State highways,see Department of Transportation's High Occupancy Vehicle(HOV)Guidelines and Ramp Meter Design Manual.See Section 1A.11 for information regarding these publications. High Occupancy Vehicle(HOV)lanes are lanes where usage is restricted to a class of vehicle occupancy.HOV lane assignments could be made on a full-time or part time basis.Freeway mainline HOV lanes can be operated as physically separated,buffer separated,reversible,contiguous,or as contra-flow facilities.HOV lanes can also be operated on county roads or city streets. The HOV lane symbol(diamond shape)is shown in Figure 311-106(CA). Section 311.23 Preferential Lane Longitudinal Markings four Vehicles Standard: Preferential lane longitudinal markings for motor vehicles shall be marked with the appropriate word or symbol pavement markings in accordance with Section 3B.22. Support: Preferential lanes can take many forms depending on the level of usage and the design of the facility.. They might be physically separated from the other travel lanes by a barrier,median,or painted neutral area, or they might be concurrent with other travel lanes and be separated only by longitudinal pavement markings.Further,physically separated preferential lanes might operate in the same direction or be reversible. Option: Preferential lanes may be operated either full-time(24 hours per day on all days),for extended periods of the day,or part-time(restricted usage during specific hours on specified days). Standard: The following four items are presented in tabular form in Table 311:-3 3B-2(CA): A.Physically separated,nonreversible preferential lane—the longitudinal pavement markings for preferential lanes that are physically separated from the other travel lanes by a barrier, median,or painted neutral area shall consist of a single normal solid yellow line at the left edge of the travel lane(s),a single normal solid white line at the right edge of the travel lane(s),and if there are two or more preferential lanes,the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normal broken white line(see Figure 3B-26a). B.Physically separated,reversible preferential lane—the longitudinal pavement markings for reversible preferential lanes that are physically separated from the other travel lanes by a barrier,median,or painted neutral area shall consist of a single normal solid white line at both edges of the travel lane(s),and if there are two or more preferential lanes,the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normal broken white line(see Figure 311-26a). C.Concurrent flow(left side)preferential lane—the longitudinal pavement markings for a full- time or part-time preferential lane on the left side of the other traveled lanes shall consist of a single normal solid yellow line at the left edge of the preferential travel lane(s)and one of the following at the right edge of the preferential travel lane(s): ' 1.A double solid vAll white line whffe er-o—* &i-jr-eld i11:11:!11:1 2.A single solid wide white line where crossing is discouraged(see Figure 3B-26c). 3.A single broken wide white line where crossing is permitted(see Figure 3B-26d)at ingress/egress segments for physically separated full-time preferential lanes. 4.A single broken 100 mm(4 in)white line where crossing is permitted on preferential lanes that operate for only certain periods of the day.In these cases,markings shall conform to the purpose the lane serves a majority of the time. If there are two or more preferential lanes,the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normal broken white line. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California NWTCD Page 3B-24 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) D.Concurrent flow(right side)preferential lane—the longitudinal pavement markings for a full- time or part-time preferential lane on the right of the other travel lanes shall consist of a single normal solid white line at the right edge of the preferential travel lane(s)if warranted and one of the following at the left edge of the preferential travel lane(s): 1. . . i 2.A single solid wide white line where crossing is discouraged(see Figure 3B-26c). 3.A single broken wide white line where crossing is permitted(see Figure 3B-26d)at Ingress/egress segments for physically separated full-time preferential lanes. 4.A single dotted normal white line where crossing is permitted for any vehicle to perform a right turn maneuver(see Figure 3B-26e). 5.A single broken 100 mm(4 in)white line where crossing is permitted on preferential lanes that operate for only certain periods of the day.In these cases,markings shall conform to the purpose the lane serves a majority of the time. If there are two or more preferential lanes,the preferential travel lanes shall be separated with a normal broken white line. Guidanso- Option: When concurrent flow preferential lanes and other travel lanes are separated by Fae.e than 1.2"' (4 w)3.6 m(12 ft)or more,chevron markings sheeld may be placed in the neutral area. Guidance: If used,the The chevron spacing should be 30---za'z4^t)60 m(200 ft)or greater. e sing— Support: white!:He may-be inefease.. The striping pattern for the lane lines between the HOV lane and the adjacent normal flow lanes will vary depending on the condition.See Department of Transportation's High Occupancy Vehicle(HOV)Guidelines and Ramp Meter Design Manual for the appropriate HOV lane line striping patterns and markings.See Section 1A.11 for information regarding these publications. Section 3B.24 Markings for Roundabout Intersections Support: Roundabout intersections are distinctive circular roadways that have the following three critical characteristics: A. A requirement to yield at entry which gives a vehicle on the circular roadway the right-of-way; B.A deflection of the approaching vehicle around the central island;and C.A flare or widening of the approach to allow for proper operation as needed. Examples of markings for roundabout intersections are shown in Figures 3B-27 and 313-28. Option: A yellow edge line may be placed around the inner(left)edge of the circular roadway. Guidance: A white line should be used on the outer(right)side of the circular roadway as follows:a solid line along the splitter island and a dotted line across the lane(s)entering the roundabout intersection. Edge line extensions should not be placed across the exits from the circular roadway. Where crosswalk markings are used,these markings should be located a minimum of 7.6 m(25 R) upstream from the yield line, or,if none,from the dotted white line. Option: Lane lines may be used on the circular roadway if there is more than one lane. A yield line(see Section 313.16)may be used to indicate the point behind which vehicles are required to yield at the entrance to a roundabout intersection. Standard: Bicycle lane markings shall not be provided on the circular roadway of a roundabout intersection. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-25 California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions)and 2,as amended for use in California) Section 3B.25 Markings for Other Circular Intersections Support: Other circular intersections include but are not limited to rotaries,traffic circles,and residential traffic calming designs. Option: The markings shown in Figures 3B-27 and 313-28 may be used at other circular intersections when engineering judgment indicates that their presence will benefit drivers or pedestrians. Section 3B.26 Speed Hump Markin¢s Standard: ies of white markings placed on a speed hump to If used,speed hump markings shall be a ser identify its location. Option: Speed humps,except those used for crosswalks,may be marked in accordance with Figure 3B-29.The markings shown in Figure 3B-30 may be used where the speed hump also functions as a crosswalk or speed table. I Support: Per CVC 440,speed humps or bumps are not official traffic control devices. Section 3B.27 Advance Speed Hump Markines Standard: If used,advance speed hump markings shall be a special white marling placed in advance of speed humps or other engineered vertical roadway deflections such as dips. Option: Advance speed hump markings may be used in advance of an engineered vertical roadway deflection where added visibility is desired or where such deflection is not expected(see Figure 313-31). Advance pavement wording such as BUMP or HUMP(see Section 313.19)may be used on the approach to a speed hump either alone or in conjunction with advance speed hump markings.Appropriate advance warning signs may be used in conformance with Section 2C.24. Guidance: If used,advance speed hump markings should be installed in each approach lane. Section 3B.101(CA)Diagonal and Chevron Markings Guidance: Diagonal and chevron markings should be used,when in the opinion of an engineer,it is necessary to add emphasis or to discourage vehicular travel upon a paint formed roadway feature such as an unusually wide shoulder area,a pedestrian refuge island,or a traffic divisional or channelization island. Diagonal lines,when used,should be installed between an edge line and traffic island,or between pairs of double yellow lines. Chevron markings,when used,should be installed between channelizing lines for traffic flows in the same direction. Support: The applicable channelizing lines for chevron markings are shown in Figure 3A-110(CA),Details 36,36A and 3 and pairs of lines shown in Figure 3A-112(CA),Details 38 and 38A. The diagonal lines or chevron markings are normally 300 mm(12 in)wide. Standard: Diagonal lines and chevrons shall be the same color as the line or lines to which they connect and shat point at a 45-degree forward angle. Diagonal lines or chevrons,if used,shall be the same color as the edge line. Option: The spacing between these lines may vary from 0.3 m(1 ft)in a pedestrian crosswalk to 60 m(200 ft)for vehicular traffic. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 3B-26 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Section 3B.102(CA)Passing Lanes Standard: When a passing lane is provided,a two-direction no passing marking(see Figure 3A-104(CA))shall be used when the Average Daily Traffic(ADT)exceeds 3,000.See Figure 38-107(CA). Option: Passing in both directions may be provided by alternating the direction of the middle lane at about 1.6 km(1 mi) intervals. A one-direction no passing marking(see Figure 3A-103(CA))with one or more YIELD TO UPHILL TRAFFIC (R55(CA))signs may be used when the ADT is 3,000 or less. Section 3B.103(CA)Truck Lanes Standard: When a climbing lane is provided on an upgrade and it is necessary to prohibit trucks from passing slower moving vehicles,a 200 mm(8 in)solid white line shall be used in place of the standard lane line stripe. The TRUCKS RIGHT LANE ONLY(R538(CA))sign shall be placed at the beginning of the restriction and at approximately 0.4 km(1/4 mi)intervals.When the restriction is necessary only during certain hours,the Specific Hours/Days Plaque(R82A(CA))shall be placed below the R53B(CA)sign. The TRUCKS RIGHT LANE ONLY(R53B(CA))sign shall be placed at the beginning of the restriction and at approximately 0.4 km(1/4 mi)intervals.When the restriction is necessary only during certain hours,the Specific Hours]Days Plaque(R82A(CA))shall be placed below the R538(CA)sign. A TRUCK LANE(114-6)sign shall be placed in advance of the truck lane.An END TRUCK LANE(R53A(CA)) a sign shall be placed at the end of the restriction.See Figure 38-12(CA)for signing and marking the end of an extra lane. Section 3B.104(CA)Turn Lanes Support: Refer to CVC 21460.5 for Two-Way Left-Turn Lanes. For details of two-way left-turn lanes,see Figure 3B-7(CA). For left turn channelization,see Figure 3B-101(CA)and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual,Section 405.2.See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Standard: Left-tum or right-turn lanes shall be separated from the through lanes by a single solid 200 mm(8 in)wide white line as shown in Figure 3A-112(CA). Section 3B.105(CA)Turnouts Guidance: Paved turnouts should be marked with a 200 mm(8 in)wide single solid white line between the through lane and the turnout.The line should not extend through the entry and exit areas.See Figure 3B-108(CA)and Department of Transportation's Highway Design Manual,Section 204.5(4). See Section 1A.11 for information regarding this publication. Turnouts should be 60 m(200 ft)to 150 m(500 ft)in length including a short taper of 15 m(50 ft)at each end. Turnouts should not be longer than 150 m(500 ft). The right edge line should be dropped throughout the length of the turnout. Option: Turnout length may be increased 30 m(100 ft)on down grades over 3%. Section 38.106(CA)Rumble Strips Support: Rumble strips are bands of raised material or indentations formed or ground into the traveled way,on the centerline or shoulders. Rumble strips call the motorist's attention to standard warning or regulatory devices or otherwise alert drivers by transmitting sound and/or vibration through the vehicle. Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-27 California MUTCD (FRWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Option: Rumble strips may be used in the traveled way on California's streets and highways if the traffic engineer considers their use as the optimal solution to the identified problem. Rumble strips may be used upstream ofstop-controlled or signalized intersections if one or more of the following conditions exist: • Engineering judgment indicates a special need due to sight distance restriction. • High approach speeds. • History of Ran-Stop-Sign crashes. Guidance: The use of rumble strips on State highways should be reviewed by the Department of Transportation's District Traffic Engineer or their representative. Option: Rumble strips may be incorporated into rehabilitation projects to replace existing rumble strips without an extensive review. Guidance: Requests should include a description of location,reasons for use,the alternatives which were considered,collision history and a discussion of standard traffic control devices which have been or are in place. Traveled Way Rumble Strias: Support: Rumble strips on the traveled way are 19 mm(0.75 in)or less in height if raised or 25 mm(1 in)or less in depth if rolled-in indentations,8.5 mm(0.33 in)+/-1.5 mm(0.06 in)if ground-in indentations and generally extend across the travel lanes. A ground in rumble strip with the dimensions shown above has been field reviewed to confirm rideability for bicyclists&motorcyclists. There are several significant disadvantages to the use of rumble strips across the travel lanes.These include: • An abrupt rise in the roadway can present problems to bicyclists and motorcyclists.For this reason,there should be provisions made for cyclists to safely traverse through or around raised rumble strips. • Nearby residents may be subjected to noise. Typical locations where rumble strips on the traveled way have been used include: • End of a freeway. • In advance of toll booths. • Within a construction zone in advance of the workers. • In advance of a"T"Intersection where the motorist is not expecting to stop. Shoulder Rumble StriQs: Support: Shoulder rumble strips are 19 mm(0.75 in)or less in height if raised 25 mm(1 in)in depth for rolled-in indentations and 8.5 mm(0.33 in)+1-1.5 mm(0.06 in)for ground-in indentations that extend along the highway shoulder.The maximum width of shoulder rumble strips is 300 mm(12 in)for both rolled-tn and ground-in indentations. Guidance: Where bicycles are permitted,shoulder rumble strips should not be used unless approximately 1.5 m(5 ft)of clear shoulder width for bicycle use is available between the rumble strips and the outer edge of the shoulder. Standard: Ground-in rumble strip treatments that are greater than 8.5 mm(0.33 in)+1.1.5 mm(0.06 in)depth shall not be installed on shoulders where bicyclists are allowed. Option: Research findings indicate that the use of rumble strips on shoulders of freeways in remote areas may reduce drift- off-road collisions.Drifting off the road is most likely to be a problem on freeways with few interchanges and long tangents.Rumble strips may be used on other roadway types as well to address drift off roadway collisions at locations where they are a concern.The rumble strips may consist of grooves rolled into the hot mix as part of a resurfacing project,ground-in indentation in Portland Concrete Cement or Asphalt Concrete in existing roadway shoulders,or the application of a raised and inverted profile thermoplastic. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Page 3B-28 Guidance: When roadways in remote areas are to be resurfaced,consideration should be given to the drift-off-road problem and the use of rumble strips considered. Option: Table 3B-101(CA)may be used by the District Traffic Engineer as a guide to determine the appropriate rumble strip treatment for various shoulder types. Centerline Rumble Strips: Support: Centerline rumble strips are currently being used experimentally at 2 and 3 lane locations in California and across the nation as a tool to address drift across the centerline collisions. Option: The District Traffic Engineer may consider the use of centerline rumble strips with other considerations as a means of addressing drift across the centerline collisions. (This space left intentionally blank) v Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 21,2010 Part 3-Markings Page 3B-62 California MLJTCD (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions 1 and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3B-20(CA). Examples of Elongated Letters for Word Pavement Markings (Sheet 1 of 2) � � # I � 1 4�' � irk ; la ,(' � 6 loom loom 100 to mm 100MM (4 IN) 14(a) (4 114 1 91 t 300 MR o I , (IWO ism) lmm 14%1 loomm immm 0 M 1411 (41") 1 7 won , I . ..i 200M zon" I . IM I P" ainl (sm) "Son 141n) ON 010 (4f") 2*mm low 2"Mm 0,F) Ism) Pull IN loom (IfNe (4 h) IN nw 14 lid 14 W4 In) NOT TO SCALE NOTES: 1. All letters and numerals should be In conformance with the standard alphabets for highway signs and pavement markings approved by Department of Transportation. 2. The design details for various words are also shown In Department of Transportation's Standard Plans. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 313-63 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisionsl and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 38-20 fCA). Examples of Elongated Letters for Word pavement Markings(Sheet 2 of 2) mom ANU RIN Ntil ! i ilk) tMM tNNM tNMI tNIM MM A NU ]M.m (8b) to 1i, NMI rte... aitmm E � ta.m Own tw.m tH� I SOW mma i p IN Won N til N Ire 1Nimm NOTES: NOT TO SCALE I. All letters and numerals should be in conformance with the standard alphabets for highway signs and pavement markings approved by Department of Transportation. 2. The design details for various words are also shown In Department of Transportation's Standard Plans. 3. Half-size"BIKE LANE"legends are shown on Figure 8C-6(CA). Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Janua 21,2010 Part 3-Markings ry California MUTCD Page 3B-65 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3B-21 (CA). Examples of Arrows for Pavement Markings (Sheet 1 of 2) I Iqr 1.01,44 4 10 11 SON as wro l i � >a i 7Nwwl+mQrk � � � -►� {♦+awna q TYPE IARROW j ta...oNwu r . 1-*'0.7lrltp 1 TYPE IARROW -1 u.rna TYPE II�LARROW TYPE I ARROW (FOR r(R) ARROW. USE MIRROR IMAGE) l4--101w1HM—�� {�-tnwl•q� �-fJfrn+b-� �-I.umli*►� e 3mm(1ft) H �1 aa ,, a TYPE IV(L)ARROW (FOR US M RROR IMAGE) i n'r+ NOT TO SCALE t L4 { 7Nwrltq ifs _ I �lllwlt 111 fMrrItWGM� ILtllrlt lq 1N wwn14� _I �O,Uwll+q TYPE 11(8)ARROW TYPE IN(L)ARROW TYPE IN(0)ARROW (FOR TYPE rl ml USE MOR IijAGE) NOTE: The design details for vari tus arrows are also shown M Department of Transportation's Standard Plans. January 21,2010 Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings Part 3-Markings California MUTCD Page 311-86 (FHWA's MUTCD 2003 including Revisions I and 2,as amended for use in California) Figure 3B-l03(CA). Examples Of/ntmection Markings V S g E E S F 1.03 m(0 R)Mtn. R 4--1.83 in(0 R)Min. a R 1 )) Ri-1 03o m I(1 q i 0.30 m(1 RI-1 0.30 m(1 R (Sae Nob 1 E (See Nob 1; 8 R1.1 S E (See Nob 2) E 2-LANE MULTI-LANE LEGEND —► Direction of Travel a NOT TO SCALE NOTES: 1• Theme It may L P�L�r to Section SB.1i. The Limit Line on wide aide roads on long radius angle for tnMla making a right turn. 2. When a Soup Ahead(W3.1)or STOPAHEAD(W3.1a) n Is a STOP AHEAD pavement g marking may be placed to supP��the slgn to Suction 301.111. wow. (7his space left intentionally blank) Chapter 3B—Pavement and Curb Markings January 2 t,2Q10 Part 3-Markings I STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION Apprenticeship Program Information guide Pagel of 3 �t CA.gov i Contact DIR I Press Room i Search (i f la, / This Site Californial Home Labor Law Cal/OSHA-Safety&Health Workers'Comp Self Insurance Apprenticeship Director's Office Boards Division of Apprenticeship Standards(DAS) Division of Apprenticeship Apprenticeship programs information guide standards(DAS) Back to search Quick Links Description of apprenticeship Qualifications for apprenticeship Become an apprentice How apprenticeship programs operate Steps an applicant should take Find an apprenticeship program Find a registered apprentice Description of apprenticeship Train employees through Apprenticeship is a system of learning while earning,and"learning by doing."It combines training on the job with apprenticeship related and supplemental instruction at school.Today,it is utilized chiefly in the skilled crafts.Each program Program sponsors operates under apprenticeship training standards agreed to by labor and/or management in accordance with State Use apprentices on public works and Federal laws,under which a person works with a skilled worker and gains on the job skills and"know-how'and projects in turn becomes an important part of the occupation and industry.In those crafts in which management and labor I built it! organizations exist,each selects an equal number of members to serve on the joint apprenticeship committee.The Apprenticeship Council meetings joint apprenticeship committee determines the standards for training of its occupation and supervises the training of apprentices. DIR Laws and Regulations In many cases the local a Veterans apprenticeship committees have guidelines in the form of national and/or statewide standards recommended by the advisory organizations.But these are minimums and the local groups usually have complete autonomy in developing and administering their own programs. About DAS About Us(Overview of DAS) Qualifications for apprenticeship contact To be successful,the individual must have perseverance,ambition,and initiative.Like a college education,the Locations successful completion of an apprenticeship term does not come easily,but is the result of hard work on the part of the apprentice. DAS Home In practically every skilled occupation,more than fundamental knowledge of arithmetic is essential.The ability to read,write and speak well is beneficial in any walk of life,but in some apprenticeship occupations it is more important than in others.In some occupations,individuals seeking an apprenticeship will be at a decided advantage if they have taken shop courses,have some knowledge of mechanical drawing,physics,blueprint reading,drafting, higher mathematics,chemistry,electricity,welding or the like.Physical fitness,a good sense of balance,eye-hand coordination,color sense,agility,strength,ability to work at heights and mechanical aptitude are desirable qualifications in many skilled occupations and one or more of these are essential in others.Ability to work with others,good personality,and neat appearance are necessary in most trades,particularly where contact with the public is involved. In many skilled occupations,persons with a high school diploma or its equivalent are preferred.Prospective skilled workers usually like to work with their hands and to use various tools to build and repair things.They like to finish things once they have started and don't care how dirty or greasy the job,so long as they get it done.They enjoy visits to shops and factories and like to talk to mechanics about the jobs they do and the problems they meet in their work.In school,they get along well in shop,science,mathematics and mechanical drawing classes,and enjoy working on practical problems in the classroom and at home. These are only some of the factors that may indicate an aptitude for the skilled crafts. How apprenticeship programs operate The training is supervised by Joint Apprenticeship Committee(JAC)-sometimes called Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee(JATC),or a Unilateral Apprenticeship Committee(UAC). Training is"spelled out"in apprenticeship standards developed by the local apprenticeship committees,with the assistance of consultants of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards,and registered with the State.The processes of the trade and the number of hours to be spent learning each process are defined. The period of training is from 1 to 6 years,depending upon the trade.Most programs are for 4 years. Apprentices start at a percentage of the skilled worker's wage and receive increases at regular intervals.Starting rates are usually 35%to 50%,and increases are given every six months in most trades. Apprentices attend classes of related technical instruction,usually in the public schools.This instruction, supplementing the training on the job,gives apprentices a comprehensive understanding of the theoretical aspects http://Www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/descOfAppr.html 3/6/2014 Apprenticeship Program Information guide Page 2 of 3 of their work.Related instruction is one of the fundamental features of apprenticeship and has been developed and accepted as standard practice in every trade.In most cases this means attending classes at night 4 hours each week,for at least 108 hours a year.The instruction includes such subjects as safety laws and regulations, mathematics,drafting,blueprint reading and other sciences connected with the trade. In class apprentices learn the theories of their trade;each day on the job they learn its practice,under the supervision of skilled workers,instruction in the use of the tools of the trade is also given apprentices early in their training;in most trades they are not allowed to use any power-driven machinery until well advanced in their training. Apprentices are usually required to furnish their own hand tools. Each apprentice signs an apprentice agreement either with a JAC,UAC or an individual employer.This agreement is filed with the Division of Apprenticeship Standards. Upon successful completion of training,they are issued a"Certificate of Completion"by the State of California. In a number of occupations and industries apprentices receive,in addition to their regular wages,fringe benefits covering vacation pay,health and welfare,pensions,etc.Through collective bargaining in a number of instances, employers also pay certain regular amounts into apprenticeship funds,which are administered by boards of trustees. Coordinators of apprenticeship and field representatives are employed by these boards to supervise the training of apprentices in a given trade or area,process apprentice applications,keep records of progress,and the like.Where fund offices and staffs have been established,they have been of great value to the JACs,apprentices and the industry. Industry coordinators and apprenticeship consultants of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards visit establishments to determine on-the-job progress of apprentices,seek new apprenticeship openings,and discuss problems with apprentices,supervisors and employers. The role of the state,through the Division of Apprenticeship Standards,is consultative and developmental.The field and technical staffs of the Division assist management,labor,JAC's and UAC's by seeking to promote and develop additional training programs,by providing technical data through research on current trends and training practices to improve and enlarge existing programs,and by serving as the registration and certification agency for apprenticeship in California.The Division carries out the regulations formulated by the California Apprenticeship Council,which is charged by law to"foster,promote,and develop the welfare of the apprentice and industry,improve the working conditions of apprentices,and advance their opportunities for profitable employment;'(Shelly-Maloney Apprentice Labor Standards Act of 1939,as amended--Chapter 4 of Division 3,Labor Code of the State of California) The Council's regulations are spelled out in Title 8,Chapter 2 of the California Administrative Code.Of particular interest are the sections pertaining to non-discrimination in apprenticeship. Sec.212 defines the contents of apprenticeship standards to be approved by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards,including paragraph(b)(13): "Provision for fair and impartial treatment of applicants for apprenticeship,selected through uniform selection procedures" Sec.215 provides in part: "Selection procedures must be in writing,approved by the apprenticeship program sponsor,and must meet objective standards." Apprenticeship programs must comply with the State of California Plan for Equal Opportunity in Apprenticeship Adopted and amended by the California Apprenticeship Council on November 28,1983,as though expressly set forth herein and shall be considered as an appendix hereto and appropriately marked as such,including the month and year of adoption. The Division's State Plan developed to meet the requirements of revised 29 CFR 30 is spelled out in the booklet, "State of California Plan for Equal Opportunity in Apprenticeship,"which also contains administrative guidelines for implementing the Plan. Steps an applicant should take 1. Select an occupation for which you have an aptitude or some previous experience and the physical ability to perform. 2. Find out if you meet the minimum qualifications for that occupation. 3. Decide whether you can work under the required job conditions,some of which may be hazardous,dirty, uncomfortable or otherwise unpleasant. 4. Apply for an apprenticeship either directly to an employer in the occupations,the JAC,UAC,the appropriate union,or the California Employment Development Department. 5. Take aptitude or other tests where required. 6. If the apprenticeship committee has a waiting list of applicants,determine whether or not you are sufficiently interested in the occupation to wait for an opening,or whether you should seek other employment. 7. Some apprenticeship committees have applicants find their own employment with a firm which participates in the apprenticeship program. http://www.dir.ca.gov/databases/das/descOf Appr.htmI 3/6/2014 PROJECT LOCATION SURVEY DOCUMENTS SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATION GUIDELINES BID AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS NQ-13024- CALIFORNIA LAND SURVEYORS ASSOCIATION & CONSULTING ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS OF CALIFORNIA Joint Professional Practice Committee - Riverside/San Bernardino and Desert Chapters (In Cooperation with the Riverside&San Bernardino County Surveyors Office) PREFACE: The preceding public survey documents are provided from a search of records on file in the City of San Bernardino, Office of the City Engineer. All work is to be performed by a person or under the supervision of a person authorized to practice Land Surveying(refer to Sub-section 6-1.10, "SURVEYING SERVICE,"of these Special Provisions). All new and replaced survey ties shall be by transit method. The following regarding public works construction in the Public Right of Way is extracted from letter from the above agencies, dated April 13, 2007: NEW & RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS A. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION (1.) The survey crew shall diligently search for all survey monuments of record and on the surface of the road. It is suggested(that)the search(sh)ould include the use of a metal detector. When the detector indicates the possibility of a buried survey monument,then digging below the surface to uncover the monument within 2"of the road surface is recommended. (2.) The survey crew shall properly reference all found survey monuments,which may be disturbed or covered during construction,to stable surface points. (3.) The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for the monuments noted in(I)tem(2.),above. Prior to the start of any construction work,the original or a print of the Corner Record or Record of Survey shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for review,signature and filing. B. AFTER CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO RECORDING NOTICE OF COMPLETION 1. All covered and disturbed monuments shall be reset with the same or more durable type of monument as the original,in the surface of the construction. Key monuments shall be a minimum 1"inside diameter iron pipe of appropriate length. 2. A monument box or other protective structure is recommended to be placed around key monuments(section corners,quarter section corners). 3. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record of Record of Survey for all set monuments with a change in character,including tag number,and submit it to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. NOTE: Parentheses above indicate changes to original text. CONTRACT AGREEMENT R AGREEMENT CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO THIS AGREEMENT is made and concluded this J day of e , 20 G , between the City of San Bernardino(owner and hereinafter"CITY"),and Matlicb Corporation`hGreinafter "CONTRACTOR°). 1. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the CITY, and under the conditions expressed in the bond as deposited with the CITY, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,the CONTRACTOR agrees with the CITY,at the CONTRACTOR's own proper cost and expense in the Special Provisions to be furnished by the CITY, to furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals,perform all the work necessary to complete in good workmanlike and substantial manner, ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SERVICES Y STREETSTSPEC AL PROVISIONS NO. 13024 WORK ON VARIOUS SAN BERNARDINO in strict conformity with Bid and Contracting Documents No. 13024, and also in accordance P with Works Specifications for Public Works/Construction, 2012 Edition, on file in the Office of the City Engineer, Department, City of San Bernardino, which said Bid and Contracting Documents and Standard Specifications are hereby especially referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. 2. The CONTRACTOR agrees to receive and accept the prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule as full compensation for furnishing all materials and doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement; also for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work and for all risks of every description connected with the work; also for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of work, and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the Bid and Contracting Documents, and requirements of the Engineer under them. 3. The CONTRACTOR herein covenants by and for himself or herself, his or her heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, marital status, or ancestry in the performance of this contract, nor shall the CONTRACTOR or any person claiming under or through him or her, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection of subcontractors, vendees, or employees in the performance of this Contract. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy,as recipient deems appropriate. 4. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the Projects identified for pavement rehabilitation within these Bid and Contracting Documents represent selected segments of streets throughout the CITY. The CITY is entering into a Contract, for roadway rehabilitation work, for a period not to exceed a one year (twelve month) period,with up to a possible two(2)separate one year(twelve month)extensions,as approved by the CITY's Mayor and Common Council. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that the quantities identified within the Bid and Contracting Documents are estimates only and are given for basis of comparison of bids. No guarantee is made or implied by the CITY as to the exact quantity, or total number of Projects per year, within each twelve (12) month term of this Contract. 1 AGREEMENT: ANNUAL CITYWIDE MAINTENANCE SAN BERNARDINOCCITY ASTREETS;RSPECIAL REHABILITATION WORK ON VARI ODS PROVISIONS NO. 13024 5. At the end of the initial term, CONTRACTOR may request in writing to CITY to extend the Contract for one additional year (t.velve month) term, provided .) CITY determines per by CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract is deemed by CITY, at CITY's sole discretion, as satisfactory, and 2) CONTRACTOR agrees to perform the work under this Contract for the same unit prices as agreed to under the initial Contract. Provided Contract has been extended a one year term(twelve months)in accordance with the terms written above, CONTRACTOR may request a second one year (twelve month) Contract extension. In any event, this Contract may not exceed a total of more than three years(thirty six months). 6. CITY hereby promises and agrees with the said CONTRACTOR to employ, and does hereby employ the said CONTRACTOR to provide the materials and to do the work according to the terms and conditions herein contained and referred to, for the prices aforesaid, and hereby contracts to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions above set forth; and the same parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained. 7. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said CONTRACTOR, then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of said terms of said bid conflicting herewith. /// /// /// /// /// /// /// 2 AGREEMENT: ANNUAL CITYWIDE MA ENANCE SERVICES BERNARDINOCCITY CONTRACT RSPECIAL REHABILITATION WORK ON VARIOUS PROVISIONS NO. 13024 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties of these present have hereunto set their hands the year and date first above written. CONTRACTOR CITY OF SAN BERNARDINO Name of Firm: Mauch Corporation BY: *Allen arker, City Manager City of San Bernardino BY: '0�"�';� (�2/' — Mark T. Hickman TITLE: Vice President ATTEST: MAILING ADDRESS: 1596 Harry Sheppard Blvd, orgeann a, San Bernardino,CA 92408 City Clerk PHONE NO.:L_aO5 382-7400 APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATM T: ' ary D. Saenz,City Attorney Ran all S. Valade.6ecretary NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest. If Contractor is a corporation,Secretary should attest. 3 Premium: $28,429.00 Executed in Four(4)Counterparts Bond No. 24058686 Document A312TM - 2010 Conforms with The American institute of Architects AIA Document 312 Performance Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Name,legal status and address) Fame,legal slat rrs and principal place of business) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Matich Corporation 330 N. Brand Blvd., Ste 500 This document has important legal 1596 Harry Sheppard Blvd. Glendale, CA 91203 consequences.Consultation with Mailing Address for Notices an attorney is encouraged with San Bernardino, CA 92408 respect to its completion or Same as Above modification. OWNER: Any singular reference to Contractor.Surety,Owner or (Maine,legal status and address) other party shall be considered City of San Bernardino plural where applicable. 300 N. "D" Street San Bernardino, CA 92418 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: October 20, 2014 Amount$4,937,730.00 Four Million Nine Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Dollars and 00/100 Description: Name and location) Annual Citywide Maintenance Services Contract for Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various City Streets; Special Provisions No. 13024 BOND Date: October 23, 2014 (Not earlier than Constntction Contract Date) Amount:$4,937,730.00 Four Million Nine Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Dollars and 00/100 Modifications to this Bond: Qx None n Sce Scction 16 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Matich Corporation Liberty Mutual Insurance Company ,i Signature Mark T. Hickman Heather Salta fi Name Name Attorney-in-Fact and Title: Vice President and Tide: (Airy additional signatures appear on the last page of this Performance Bond.) (FOR IIVFOR7b1AT10rV ONLY—Name,address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. (Architect,Engineer orotherparty:) 1301 Dove St., Suite 200 Newport Beach, CA 92660 (949)756-0271 S-18521AS 8110 §1 The Contractor and Surety,jointly and severally,bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. §2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond,except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Section 3. §3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after .1 the Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default.Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner,Contractor and Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance.If the Owner does not request a conference,the Surety may,within five(5)business days after receipt of the Owner's notice,request such a conference.If the Surety timely requests a conference,the Owner shall attend.Unless the Owner agrees otherwise,any conference requested under this Section 3.1 shall be held within ten(10)business days of the Surety's receipt of the perform thee Construction Contract,but such Contractor and the shall not waive the Owner's right shall if any, ub subsequently toldeclare a Contractor Default; .2 the Owner declares a Contractor Default,terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety;and .3 the Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. §4 Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Section 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations,or release the Surety from its obligations,except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. §5 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Section 3,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: §6.1 Arrange for the Contractor,with the consent of the Owner,to perform and complete the Construction Contract; §6.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself,through its agents or independent contractors; §6.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence,to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Section 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default;or §6.4 Waive its right to perform and complete,arrange for completion,or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: A After investigation,determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and,as soon as practicable after the amount is determined,make payment to the Owner,or .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner,citing the reasons for denial. §6 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Section 5 with reasonable promptness,the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond,and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.If the Surety proceeds as provided in Section 5.4,and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability,in whole or in part,without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. S-1852/AS 8110 §7 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1,5.2 or 5.3,then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract,and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract.Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price,the Surety is obligated,without duplication,for A the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the.Construction Contract; .2 additional legal,design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default,and resulting from the actions or failure to act of die Surety under Section 5;and .3 liquidated damages,or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract,actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. §8 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1,5.3 or 5.4,the Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. §9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that arc unrelated to the Construction Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations.No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns. §10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time,to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. §11 Any proceeding,legal or equitable,under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond,whichever occurs first.If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. §12 Notice to the Surety,the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. §13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed,any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common lawbond. §14 Definitions §14.1 Balance of the Contract Price.The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made,including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled,reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. §14.2 Construction Contract.The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page,including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. §14.3 Contractor Default.Failure of the Contractor,which has not been remedied or waived,to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. §14.4 Owner Default.Failure of the Owner,which has not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. §14.5 Contract Documents.All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. §15 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. S-18521AS 8110 §16 Modifications to this bond are as follows: (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties,other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address Address S-18521AS 8110 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of Orange On OCT 20 2014 before me, K. Luu, Notary Public ow H..bwrt Nffm end IhY personally appeared Heather Saltarelli Nems(s)al s who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person($)whose name($) is/W subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that _ Wshe/tfty executed the same in IMsterlW&authorized -� " LUU capacrly(Ift), and that by Nkfher/t1MrSlf signature($)on the '�. instrument the person($), or the entity upon behalf of Commission # 1955906 Notary Public -California Z which the person($)acted,executed the instrument. z :6 �. zee°,"' Orange County D "y' o My Comm. Expires Nov 6,2015 J 1 certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand apd official seal. Signature yNv/ ate Aso.Noouy a"mom Blipolum OPTIONAL Ttouo the �d prevent tmudurent emmove law,reattachment valuable to a►wthdocument. nt.dodmaerrt Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s)Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies)Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Signer's Name: O Individual O Individual O Corporate Officer—Title(s): O Corporate Officer—Tltle(s): O Partner—O Limited O General O Partner—❑Limited O General 13 Attorney in Fact O Attorney In Fact O Trustee of> Hare O Trustee Top d thumb Hue O Guardian or Conservator O Guardian or Conservator O Other: O Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: 02WNdonWNOWrAs.ohs-ONO W Sob Am&,Paso M•[7rbwoftCAH1313-M-wwwAgame owyag Ihm#W? Fbordw,0dTo11*M1.8068'7&eW Executed in Four(4)Counterparts Bond No. 24058686 Document A312 TM - 2010 Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 312 Payment Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Marne,legal status and address) (Name,legal status and principal place of business) Matich Corporation Liberty Mutual Insurance Company 1596 Harry Sheppard Blvd. 330 N. Brand Blvd., Ste 500 This document has important legal rY pp Glendale, CA 91203 consequences.Consultation with San Bernardino, CA 92408 Mailing Address for Notices an attorney Is encouraged with respect to its completion or Same as Above modification. OWNER: Any singular reference to (Name,legal status and address) Contractor,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered City of San Bernardino plural where applicable. 300 N. "D"Street San Bernardino, CA 92418 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: October 20, 2014 Amount:64,937,730.00 Four Million Nine Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Dollars and 00/100 Description: (Nance and location) Annual Citywide Maintenance Services Contract for Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various City Streets; Special Provisions No. 13024 BOND Date: October 23, 2014 (Not earlier than Constniction Contract Date) Amount:$4,937,730.00 Four Million Nine Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Dollars and 00/100 Modifications to this Bond: None n See Section 18 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Matich Corporation Liberty Mutual Insurance Company ri ) Signature:`" `G"`'�` Signatures W Name Mark T. Hickman Name Heather Saltarell and Title: Vice President and Title. (Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Payment Bond.) (FOR INFOALMTION ONLY—A'ame,address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. (Architect,Engineer orotherparty.) 1301 Dove St., Suite 200 Newport Beach, CA 92660 (949)756-0271 S-21491AS 8/10 §1 The Contractor and Surety,jointly and severally,bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. §2 If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants,and defends,indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands,liens or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor,materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract,then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. §3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety(at the address described in Section 13)of claims,demands,liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor,materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims,demands,liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. §4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Section 3,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense defend,indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim,demand,lien or suit. §6 The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: §6.1 Claimants,who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, .1 have furnished a written notice ofnon-payment to the Contractor,stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were,or equipment was,furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed,within ninety(90)days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and .2 have sent a Claim to the Surety(at the address described in Section 13). §6.2 Claimants,who arc employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor,have sent a Claim to the Surety(at the address described in Section 13). §6 If a notice of non-payment required by Section 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor,that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Section 5.1.1. §7 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2,whichever is applicable,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: §7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to the Owner,within sixty(60)days after receipt of the Claim,stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed;and §7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. §7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim,except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If,however,the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2,the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. §8 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond,plus the amount of reasonable attorney's fees provided under Section 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. §9 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims,if any,under any construction performance bond.By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond,they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond,subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the work.. S-2149/AS 8110 §10 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner,Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond,and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to,or give notice on behalf of,Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. §11 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time,to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. §12 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract•is located or after the expiration of one year from the date(1)on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or 5.2,or(2)on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract,whichever of(1)or(2)first occurs.If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. §13 Notice and Claims to the Surety,the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears.Actual receipt of notice or Claims,however accomplished,shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. §14 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed,any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. §15 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of.this Bond,the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. §16 Definitions §16.1 Claim.A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: .1 the name of the Claimant; .2 the name of the person for whom the labor was done,or materials or equipment furnished; .3 a copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor,materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .4 a brief description of the Iabor,materials or equipment furnished; .5 the date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .6 the total amount tamed by the Claimant for labor,materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; .7 the total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant;and .8 the total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor,materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. §16.2 Claimant.An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract.The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located.The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms"labor,materials or equipment'that part of water,gas,power,light,heat,oil,gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract,architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors,and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor,materials or equipment were furnished. §16.3 Construction Contract.The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page,including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. S-21491AS 8110 §16.4 Owner Default.Failure of the Owner,which has not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. §16.6 Contract Documents.All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. §17 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. §18 Modifications to this bond are as follows: (Space is provided below for additional signatxres of addedparlies,other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address Address S-2149/AS 8110 CALIFORNIA ALI.-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of Orange on OCT 2 3 2014 before me, K. Luu, Notary Public Cow Nee Inwt Name and the personally appeared Heather Saltarelli Nene(►)of SW4N(e who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person($)whose name(3) is/t'Iff6 subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that Wsha/Myr executed the same in VA91herAW authorized capacity(Ift), and that by Whedtthibif signature(i)on the P � instrument the person($), or the entity upon behalf of K. LUU which the person(s)acted,executed the Instrument. al.M: Commission# Z ' ` ` C m 1955906 Notary Public-California Z I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws Orange My Comm. xpi County D of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is Expires Nov 6 2015 true and correct. WITNESS my hand glad official seal. AD r1eo.Notary seerOwe Signature 81pnW+n of NoWy PuM OPTIONAL. Though the Information below is not required by taw,it may prove valuable to persons►eying on the docurnent and could prevent fraudulent removal and reathm6ment of 1Ms form to arlotlrer douanent Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s)Other Than Named Above: Capacity(Iles)Claimed by Signers) Signer's Name: Signer's Name: • Individual ❑Individual • Corporate Officer—Tltie(s): O Corporate Officer—Tltle(s): • Partner—O Limited O General ❑Partner—❑Limited ❑General IN Attorney In Fact at here O Attorney In Fact d thorn hue ❑ Trustee O Trustee Top ❑ Guardian or Conservator O Guardian or Conservator O Other: O Other: Signer is Representing: Signer Is Representing: 02007NWonYM"Aaodedon'Y969rM aoiDkAL,Rdaa2r 02-M*Wo%CA913152102•www.NeYWAWDWYag IMm1=7 Redd8 Cd1Wi"'4M478-8927 THIS'POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND, This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No.6647959 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire&Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,and WestAmerican Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, Heather Saltarelli•James A.Schaller*Jeri Apodaca:Kim Luu•Michael D.Parizino:Rachelte Rheaulfi Rhonda C.Abel all of the city of Newoort Beach ,state of CA each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attomey-in-fact to make,execute,seat,acknowledge and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 18th day of July 2014 >' American Fire and Casualty Company •a The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company a) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West�,mea Insurance Company m By: >, David M.Care ,Assistant Secretary C STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss R COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY C is O d On this 18th day of July 2014 before me personally appeared David M. Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and v L t,� V}. v O Casualty Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do, >,W 0 execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. i E a`> > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,t have hereunto subscr d myTtame and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting Pennsylvania,on the day and year firs/t�above written. 0 CL pit d ` ` By. Teresa Pastella,Notary Public y r- O e0 �. O E d+ �., _ IL C L This Power of Attorney is made and executedpui�t® rmdidhority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance to c d ,, Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,aftrt _stAtn Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ,Z., mH a! ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject O r- r r to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, O C acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective •p E y powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so d I L executed,such instruments shag be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under >J3 the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. t'W ,. N ARTICLE All-Execution of Contracts SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, E°Q > a? and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, �-M p &_ seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their "" Z v respective powers of attorney,shag have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so y executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. IO i Certificate of Designation-The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization-By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shag be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I,Gregory W.Davenport,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casually Insurance Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Atttomey executed by said Companies,is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. OCT 2 3 204 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of 20 s. By Gregory W.Davenport,Assistant Secretary LMS 12873 122013 322 of 1000 DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) ACC)R" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/22/2014 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). CONTACT Diane Weller PRODUCER NAME: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. = .949-756-0271 MLW 949-756-2713 1301 Dove Street, Suite 200 E-MAIL .dweller @alliant.com Newport Beach CA 92660-2436 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INsuRERA.Old Republic General Insurance Corp 24139 INSURED INSURER S.Great American Insurance Company 16691 Matich Corporation INSURERC: 1596 Harry Shepard Blvd. INSURER D: San Bernardino CA 92408 INSURER E INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:2061213823 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INS= WVD POLICY NUMBER MMIDDIYYYY MMIDDIYYYY A X COMMERCIALGENERALLIABILITY AlCG43921412 /1/2014 /112015 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMA ET RENTED CLAIMS-MADE ❑ OCCUR PREMISES Ea occurrence $100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL BADVINJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 POLICY JECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: cOMBINED SINGLE LIMIT A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY AlCA43921412 /1/2014 /1/2015 Ea accidenp $1,000,000 Ix ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $AUTOS JED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ NON-OWNED PR PERTY DAMA E $ HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS Per accident $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR TUE405725708 11/2014 /1/2015 EACH OCCURRENCE $25,000,000 EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $25,000,000 DED RETENTION$ _ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AlCW43921412 /1/2014 7/1/2015 X STATUTE $OER" AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE NIA E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Re: Matich Job No.: 14-012,Annual Citywide Maintenance Services Contract For Roadway Rehabilitation Work on Various San Bernardino City Streets; Special Provisions No. 13024 City of San Bernardino is named as Additional Insured per attached endorsements. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of San Bernardino ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 300 North D Street San Bernardino CA 92418 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE @ 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: AICG43921412 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Or anization s Locations Of Covered Operations As Per Written Contract. Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage" or "personal and advertising injury" .,property damage"occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. All work, including materials, parts or 1. Your acts or omissions; or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its 1. The insurance afforded to such additional intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 10 0413 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section III—Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 0413 POLICY NUMBER'.AICG439_'1412 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations As per written contract but only when coverage for completed operations is specifically required by that contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following is added to organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only Section 111— Limits Of Insurance: with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or If coverage provided to the additional insured is .,property damage"caused, in whole or in part, by required by a contract or agreement, the most we "your work" at the location designated and will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the described in the Schedule of this endorsement amount of insurance: performed for that additional insured and 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or included in the "products-completed operations hazard". 2. Available under the applicable Limits of However: Insurance shown in the Declarations; 1. The insurance afforded to such additional whichever is less. insured only applies to the extent permitted This endorsement shall not increase the applicable by law; and Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 04 13 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2012 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: AICG43921412 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 03 05 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Project(s): All of your designation construction projects where required by written contract . Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- damages or under Coverage C for medical rences" under Section I—Coverage A,and for all expenses shall reduce the Designated Con- medical expenses caused by accidents under struction Project General Aggregate Limit for Section I — Coverage C, which can be attributed that designated construction project. Such only to ongoing operations at a single designated payments shall not reduce the General Ag- construction project shown in the Schedule gregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor above: shall they reduce any other Designated Con- 1. A separate Designated Construction Project struction Project General Aggregate Limit for General Aggregate Limit applies to each des- any other designated construction project ignated construction project, and that limit is shown in the Schedule above. equal to the amount of the General Aggregate 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Limit shown in the Declarations. Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To 2. The Designated Construction Project General You and Medical Expense continue to apply. Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the However, instead of being subject to the sum of all damages under Coverage A, ex- General Aggregate Limit shown in the Decla- cept damages because of "bodily injury" or rations, such limits will be subject to the appli- "property damage" included in the "products- cable Designated Construction Project Gen- completed operations hazard", and for medi- eral Aggregate Limit. cal expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or"suits"brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". CG 25 03 06 09 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 2 ❑ B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally C. When coverage for liability arising out of the obligated to pay as damages caused by 'occur- "products-completed operations hazard" is pro- rences" under Section I—Coverage A, and for all vided, any payments for damages because of medical expenses caused by accidents under "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in Section I — Coverage C, which cannot be attrib- the "products-completed operations hazard" will uted only to ongoing operations at a single des- reduce the Products-completed Operations Ag- ignated construction project shown in the Sched- gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Ag- ule above: gregate Limit nor the Designated Construction 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for Project General Aggregate Limit. damages or under Coverage C for medical D. If the applicable designated construction project expenses shall reduce the amount available has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned under the General Aggregate Limit or the and then restarted, or if the authorized contract- Products-completed Operations Aggregate ing parties deviate from plans, blueprints, de- Limit, whichever is applicable; and signs, specifications or timetables, the project will 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- still be deemed to be the same construction pro- nated Construction Project General Aggre- ject. gate Limit. E. The provisions of Section III — Limits Of Insur- ance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 CG 25 03 05 09 ❑ OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION CHANGES ADDITIONAL INSURED PRIMARY WORDING SCHEDULE THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Name of Additional Insured Person(s) Location(s) of Covered Operations Or Organization(s): As required by written contract . As required by written contract: Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. The insurance provided by this endorsement is primary insurance and we will not seek contribution from any other insurance of a like kind available to the person or organization shown in the schedule above unless the other insurance is provided by a contractor other than the person or organization shown in the schedule above for the same operation and job location. If so,we will share with that other insurance by the method described in paragraph 4.c.of Section IV—Commercial General Liability Conditions. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. Named Insured Matich Corporation Policy Number AlCG43921412 Endorsement No. Policy Period 7/1/14-7/1/15 to Endorsement Effective Date: see certificate Producer's Name: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc . Producer Number: ALII&E /V46&1C,• see certificate AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE CG EN GN 0029 09 06 POLICY NUMBER: AlCG43921412 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Where required by written contract . Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV—Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 ❑ POLICY NUMBER:A 1 CA43921412 COMMERCIAL.AUTO CA 30010306 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. LESSOR -ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE Thia endots=Wd modifles instrrwm provided wxler the lbbowittg: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With reaped to 0WOM0e provided by this endorsement,the provisions of the Coverne Form apply unless modl- fled by the endoraemet>t. Thle endomement titsrtpes the policy effee in on the irtoepOor date of the poley unless another dots Is titdicated below. Named Insumd: Matich Corporation Endorsement ERactive Date:see certificate qg!MhMWnsWm Of A~Imd ftpmewdom fMMW. Diane Weller Tate: VP t3tonoWne: 4t4AA, Dolls- see certificate CA 20 0103 06 0 ISO Properties,Ina,2005 Paps 1 of 3 7 SCHEDULE IBWr==Comparyr: OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION Polity Number. A 1 CA43921412 EftcO►a Data. 7/1/14 Emoraim Date. 7/1/15 Named Insured: Matich Corporation Address. 1596 Harry Shepard Blvd., San Bernardino,CA 92408 Additional Insured(Lessor): Address: Designation Or Description Of"Leased Aubos": UmIt Of Insurarto I IJabll S I nmma Each"AccidenC Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair Whichever Is Mess,Minas CompreMnsive $ " Deductible For Each Covered"Leased Aub" Actual Cash Value Or Cast Of Repair Whichever is Lees,Minus Collision $ » Deductible For Each Covered"Leased Auto" Speedo- Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair Whichever Is Leas,Minus Causes Of Loss S Deductible For Each Covered"Leased Auto" IMonnalion required to Com ate this Schedule not shown above will be shown In the Dscisrationa. A. Coverage 2 For a leased auto'designated or described In the Schedule, Who Is An Insured is dweW 1. My"ISassd auto" designated re described in to Include as an"Insured"the bow the Schedule will be considered a covered the Schedule. However, the lessor Is an In- hire you overt and net a covered "auto you sured' for bodily injury'or'property dam- hire or borrew. age"resulting from the acts or orniesions by a. You; b. Any of your"empleysee or agents;or m Any person, except the lessor or any"em- ployee" or agent of the lessor, operating a "Wood auto"with the permission of smy of the above. Page 2 of 3 •180 Properties,Int,2005 CA 20 0103 06 7 3. The coverages provided under this endorse- D. The lessor Is not Ube for payment of your praml- ment apply to any "eased solo' described In uma. the Schedule until the aeVirstion date shown In E AdMonal Definition the Schedule,or when the kasor or his or her agent Wm possession of the'leased auto", As used In this ersdorsoment whictwier occurs first. "Leased suto"means an"auto"leased or rented to B. Doss Payable Claw you,Including any substitute,replacement or a*& 1. We w10 pay, as interest may appear, you and "auto" needed to meet seasonal or other needs, the Wow Warned In this endorsement for"loss" under a leasing or renal agreement that requires ks- to a"eased auto". You to provide tired primary insurance for the les- sor. I The Insursnoe covers the Interest of the lessor unless the"load"results from fraudulant ads or omleskrns on your part. 3. If we make any payment to the lessor,we will obtain No or her rights VoInst any other party. C. Ca"hdbn 1. If we cancel the policy,vile will mail notice to the lessor In accordance with the CanoelMlon Common Policy Condition. I if you cancel the policy, we will mall notice to the lessor. l Cancellation ends this agreement CA 20 0103 06 •ISO Properties, kw.,2005 Pape 3,of POLICY NUMBER: AlCA43921412 COMMERCIALAUTO CA 04 44 03 10 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: Matich Corporaiton Endorsement Effective Date: see certificate SCHEDULE Name(s) Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Where required by written contract . Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Oth- ers To Us Condition does not apply to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "ac- cident' or the 'loss" under a contract with that person or organization. CA 04 44 03 10 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2009 Page 1 of 1 ❑ OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule All persons and/or organizations that are required by written contract or agreement with the insured, executed prior to the accident or loss . The premium charge for this endorsement is $0.00 Named Insured Matich Corporation Policy Number AlCW43921412 Endorsement No. Policy Period 7/1/14-7/1/15 to Endorsement Effective Date: see certificate Producer's Name: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc . Producer Number: Pte- , tv !'[, see certificate AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE WC 99 03 15(01/07)